Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

may+i+have+the+pleasure+

Толкование Перевод

81 KOMA

arrive

* * *

I)

(kem; kom or kvam, kómum or kvamúm; kominn), v.

1) to come (litlu síðarr kómu Finnar aptr heim);

2) to come, arrive (bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli);

kom svá, at (it came to pass, that) Bárði var heitit meyjunni;

3) with dat. of the object, to make to come, to take, bring, carry, etc.;

hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðargarða, he should make Th. come to G.;

hann kom Þórhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river;

koma e-m í hel, to put one to death;

koma e-m til falls, to make one fall;

koma e-m í sætt við e-n, to reconcile one with another;

koma sér vel hjá e-m, to bring oneself into favour with, be agreeable to (þeir kómu sér vel við alla);

koma e-u til leiðar (til vegar), to effect, bring about;

koma orðum við e-n, to speak with a person (hann gørði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma);

4) with preps.:

koma e-u af sér, to get rid of (allt mun ek til vinna at koma af mér yðvarri reiði);

koma e-u af, to abolish (Þvi hafði eigi orðit af komitmeði öllu);

koma at e-m, to come upon one (kómu þessir at honum fyrir Sjólandi með tveim skipum);

koma at hendi, to happen (mikill vandi er kominn at hendi);

impers., Gunnarr játaði því, en þá er at kom, vildi hann eigi, G. agreed to it, but when it came to the point he would not;

koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover (koma at hamri);

koma sér at e-u, to bring oneself to (Þ. kom sér ekki at því);

koma á e-t, to come on, hit (höggit kom á lærit);

koma e-u á, to bring about, effect (máttu þeir øngum flutningum á koma);

koma kristni (dat.) á England, to christianize E.;

koma fram, to come forth, appear, emerge (sigldi E. suðr með landi ok kom fram í Danmörk); to be produced, brought forward (nú mun pat fram koma sem ek sagða);

koma e-u fram, to bring about, effect (koma fram hefndum);

koma fyrir e-t, to be an equivalent for (fyrir víg Hjartar skyldi koma víg Kols);

allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will all come to the same;

koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail;

e-m þykkir fyrir ván komit, at, one thinks it past all hope, that;

koma e-u fyrir, to destroy (hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir);

koma í e-t, to come into, enter;

mál koma í dóm, suits are brought up for judgement;

koma niðr, to come down;

hann reyndi eptir, hvar G. væri niðr kominn, what had become of G.;

kom þar niðr tal hennar, at hon sagði honum, hversu, the end of her talk was, that she told him how koma;

koma hart niðr, to pay dearly for it (ek hafða illa til gört, enda kom ek hart niðr);

koma saman, to come together, gather (er saman kom liðit); to agree;

þat kom saman (or ásamt) með þeim, they agreed on it;

impers., kom þeim vel saman (ásamt), they agreed well;

koma e-u saman, to bring about, effect;

koma saman sættum með e-m, to reconcile them;

koma til e-s, to come to a person or place (jarlinn kom með allan her sinn til Dyflinnar);

koma till ríkis, to come to, or succeed to, the throne;

koma til e-s, to cause: þat kemr til þess, at, the reason is, that; to help, avail: koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail (= koma fyrir lítit); to concern: þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, this quarrel is no business of thine; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned; to mean, signify (Þ. kvezk skilja, hvar orð hans kómu til); to be of value: sverð þat, er til kom mörk gulls, that was worth a ‘mark’ of gold; mikit þykkir til e-s koma, one is much thought of, is thought to be of great importance;

koma til, to be born;

koma e-m undan, to help one to escape;

koma undir e-n, to come unto one;

ef undir oss skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose;

koma e-m undir, to get one down, overcome one;

koma upp, to come up;

tungl kemr upp, the moon rises;

eldr kom upp, fire broke out;

kom þá upp af tali þeirra, at, the end of their talk was, that; to come out, become known (kom þat þá upp, at hann hafði beðit hennar);

koma e-u upp, to open (kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma);

hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma, it was long before he could utter a word;

koma við e-t, to touch (komit var við hurðina);

þeir kómu við sker, they struck on a reef;

hann kemr við margar sögur, he appears in many sagas; to be added to (koma þær nætr við hinar fyrri);

koma við, to fit, be convenient, suit;

koma e-u við, to employ, make use of (ek mátta eigi boganum við koma); hann kom því við (he brought about), at engi skyldi fara með vápn; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, all fled that could;

koma sér við, to bring about, effect, be able to do (ek mun veita þér slíkt lið sem ek má mér við koma); to behave (hversu hann kom sér við í þessum málum);

koma yfir, to pass over (hvert kveld, er yfir kom);

5) refl., komast;

II)

f. arrival, = kváma.

* * *

pres. sing. kem, kemr, kemr; an older form komr is used constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Sæm.; and even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc., Greg., etc.); reflex. komsk, 2nd pers. kømztu ( pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18: 2nd pers. komt, 17, mod. komst: the pret. plur. varies, kvámu being the oldest form; kvómu, often in the MSS.; kómu, as it is still pronounced in the west of Icel.; the usual and latest form is komu, with a short vowel; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as the word is usually written k^umu or q^umu: pret. subj. kvæmi and kꝍmi (kæmi): imperat. kom, kom-ðú, proncd, kondu, come thou! pret. infin. kómu ( venisse), Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62:—with suff. neg., pres. kmr-at or kømr-að, Akv. 11, Grág. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a, kom-að, came not, Ls. 56, Þorf. Karl. (in a verse), Þd. 18; 2nd pers. komtaðu ( non venisti), Am. 99; subj. kømi-a ( non veniret), Gs. 10: reflex., pres. kømsk-at, Grág. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at ( could not come), Am. 3:—a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), Ó. H. 140, 214, Skm. 10, 11; subj. pres. komimk, Ó. H. 85; pret. kømomc, Hbl. 33 (Bugge); part. pass. kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms kvam and kvaminn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf á Völlum (died A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v throughout, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i. e. qwiman, = ἔρχεσθαι; A. S. cuman; Engl. come; O. H. G. queman; Germ. kommen; Dutch komen; Dan. komme; Swed. komma; Lat. venio, qs. gvenio; the Ormul. spells cumenn, indicating a long root vowel; cp. North. E. coom.]

A. To come; sá þeirra sem fyrr kæmi, Fms. ix. 373; konungr kom norðr til Túnsbergs, 375; kómu Finnar heim, i. 9; þeir mágar kómu ór hjúkólfi, Sturl. ii. 124; kömr hann á konungs fund, Fms. ix. 221; þá vóru þeir norðan komnir, 308; hér er nú komin ær ein kollótt, Sturl. i. 159, passim.

2. to become, arrive; bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli, Fms. ix. 375; ef svá síðarliga kömr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28; en er vár kom, Eg. 167; koma at máli við e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467; konungi kom njósn, Fms. vii. 57; þá komu honum þau tíðendi, i. 37; þetta kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum þat (it came to him, he got it) fyrir útan fé, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394; hvat sem á bak kemr, whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or í hald, to avail oneself, 192, Fms. x. 413; koma at gagni, to ‘come in useful,’ be of use, Nj. 264; koma at úvörum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132; koma e-m fyrir úvart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma á úvart, Nj. 236; koma í þörf = koma í gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp þitt þá? Bs. i. 18; mál koma í dóm, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; líðr vetrinn, kemr þar ( that time comes) er menn fara til Gulaþings, Eg. 340; var þá svá komit, at allir menn vóru sofa farnir, 376; kom svá ( it came to pass) at Bárði var heitið meyjunni, 26; svá kemr, kemr þar, at, it comes to pass. Fb. i. 174, ii. 48, 68; láta koma, to let come, put; síðan létu þeir koma eld í spánuna, Fms. xi. 34.

3. in greeting; kom heill, welcome! kom heill ok sæll, frændi! Nj. 175: mod. komdu (kondu) sæll! komið þér sælir!

II. with prepp.; koma á, to hit; ef á kömr, Grág. ii. 7:—koma at, to come to, arrive, happen; láttu at því koma, let it be so, Dropl. 24; kom þat mjök optliga at honum, of sickness, Fms. vii. 150; kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koma at hendi, to happen; mikill vandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom. 80; koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, Þkv. 32:—koma fram, to come forth, appear, stund var í milli er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; engin kom önnur vistin fram, Eg. 549; nú eru öll sóknar-gögn fram komin, Nj. 143: to emerge, hann kom fram í Danmörk, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Ísl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn. 152: to arrive, sendimenn fóru ok fram kómu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa mál þau fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grág. i. 64: to be fulfilled, happen, því er á þínum dögum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; nú mun þat fram komit sem ek sagða, Eg. 283; kom nú fram spásagan Gests, Ld. 286; öll þessi merki kómu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aldrei skal maðr arf taka eptir þann mann er hann vegr, eðr ræðr bana fram kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with effect, Grág. ii. 113; staðar-prýði flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146; vera langt fram kominn, mod. áfram kominn, to be ‘in extremis,’ at the point of death, 644; er sú frásögn eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from not far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5:—koma fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundrað skyldu koma fyrir víg Snorra (of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kvaðsk aldri hefnt þykkja Kjartans, nema Bolli kæmi fyrir, Ld. 240; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will come to the same, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5:—koma í, to enter, come in, a fisherman’s term; koma í drátt, to hook a fish; at í komi með ykkr Þorbrandssonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80:—koma með, to come with a thing, to bring; kondu með það, fetch it!—koma til, to come to; vera kann at eigi spillisk þótt ek koma til, Eg. 506; nú er rétt lögruðning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til ríkis, to come to a kingdom, Eg. 268; þeir létu til hans koma um alla héraðs-stjórn, Fs. 44: to befall, kom svá til efnis, it so happened, Mar.; þeim hlutum sem hafinu kunni opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323: to mean, signify, en hvar kom þat til er hann sagði, Ó. H. 87; ef þat kom til annars, en þess er hann mælti, id.: to cause, hygg ek at meir komi þar til lítilmennska, Eb. 172; konungr spurði hvat til bæri úgleði hans, hann kvað koma til mislyndi sína, Fms. vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed.: to concern, þetta mál er eigi kom síðr til yðvar en vár, Fms. vii. 130; þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, Nj. 227; þat er kemr til Knúts, Fms. v. 24; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned, iv. 194; hann kvað þetta mál ekki til sín koma, vi. 100; þeir eru orðmargir ok láta hvervetna til sín koma, meddle in all things, 655 xi. 2: to belong to, skulu þeir gjalda hinum slíka jörð sem til þeirra kemr, proportionally, Jb. 195; kemr þat til vár er lögin kunnum, Nj. 149; sú sök er tylptar-kviðr kömr til, Grág. i. 20; tylptar-kviðar á jafnan á þingi at kveðja, þar sem hann kömr til saka, ii. 37; þá er komit til þessa gjalds ( it is due), er menn koma í akkeris-sát, 408: to help, avail, koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj. 149, Fms. vi. 211; at göra litla fésekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars kemr, I am not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case best, Band. 36 new Ed.; koma til, to ‘come to,’ of a person in a swoon, etc.; veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun sú tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. 103; hvar til þessi svör skulu koma, i. 3; það kemr til, it will all come right; kom þar til með kóngum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Skíða R. 48: to be of value, importance, authority, þótti allt meira til hans koma, Fas. i. 16; hvart sem til hans kæmi meira eðr minna, Fms. xi. 76; sverð þat er til kom hálf mörk gulls, Ld. 32; svá fémikill at til kómu tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85; mér þykir lítið til hans koma, I think little of him:—koma saman, to come together, live together, marry, K. Á. 134: to agree, þat kom saman með þeim, they agreed on it, Dropl. 9, Gísl. 41; kom þat ásamt með þeim, id., Fb. i. 168; koma vel ásamt, to agree well, Nj. 25:—koma undir e-n, to come unto one, ef undir oss bræðr skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose, Nj. 192; öll lögmæt skil þau er undir mik koma á þessu þingi, 239: to depend on, það er mikit undir komið, at …, be of importance:—koma upp, to come up, break out; kom þá upp grátr fyrir henni, she burst into tears, Fms. ix. 477; er lúðrar kvæði við, ok herblástr kæmi upp, v. 74; er seiðlætin kómu upp, Ld. 152; eldr kom upp, fire came up, Ölk. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an eruption); ef nokkut kemr síðan sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121: þá kom þat upp at hann hafði beðit hennar, Eg. 587; kom þat upp af tali þeirra, at …, Fms. vii. 282; þat kom upp ( it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera vin annars, i. 58: to turn up, ek ætla mér góðan kost hvárn sem upp kemr, Eg. 715; mun nú hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at sakar görðisk eða upp kæmi, Grág. i. 27; skaut til Guðs sínu máli, ok bað hann láta þat upp koma er hann sæi at bazt gegni, Ó. H. 195, Stj. 385:—koma við, to touch, hit; sé eigi komið við, if it is not touched, Grág. ii. 65; komit var við hurðina, Fas. i. 30; at þeir skyldi koma við torfuna, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei svá reitt vápn at manni, at eigi hafi við komit, Nj. 185; hann kemr við margar sögur, he comes up, appears in many Sagas, Ld. 334; koma þeir allir við þessa sögu síðan, Nj. 30; sem ek kom við (as I mentioned, touched upon) í morgin, Fms. ii. 142; er mestr er, ok úskapligast komi við, Ld. 118: to fit, þat kemr lítt við, ‘tis not meet, it won’t do, Lv. 20; mun ek gefa þér tveggja dægra byr þann er bezt kemr við, Fas. iii. 619: koma við, to land, call; þeir vóru komnir við Ísland, Eg. 128; þeir kómu við Hernar, Nj. 4; þeir kómu suðr við Katanes, 127; þeir kómu við sker ( struck on a skerry) ok brutu stýri sín, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafði komit við hval, he had struck against a whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma við, to call, make a short stay, also on land: to be added to, tekr heldr at grána gamanit ok koma kveðlingar við, i. 21; koma þær nætr við inar fyrri, Rb. 58; þá koma enn ellefu nætr við, 22:—koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; íss er yfir kömr, Hm. 81; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr kom yfir, 623. 57; at sá dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. 111.

B. With the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry; páfa þess, er Kristni (dat.) kom á England, who Christianised England, Íb. 14; koma mönnum til réttrar trúar, Fms. i. 146; koma orðum við e-n, to speak to a person; görðisk hann styggr svá at fáir menn máttu orðum við hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with him, Eg. 3; hann görði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma, Fms. i. 83, xi. 293; koma vélræðum við e-n, to plan against one, Eg. 49; koma flugu í munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68; þú skalt ekki láta í skorta at koma þeim í (málit) með þér, 271; hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðar-garða, make Thor come to G., Edda 60; hann kom Þorhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river, Þorst. Síðu H. 181; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, Gþl. 415; koma e-m í hel, to put one to death, Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to make one fall, Edda 34; koma e-m í sætt, Fs. 9; mun ek koma þér í sætt við konung, Eg. 227; hann kom sér í mikla kærleika við jarlinn, Nj. 268; koma sér í þjónustu, Fs. 84; koma sér vel, to put oneself in favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mér vel hjá meyjum, Kormak; þeir komu sér vel við alla, Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66; koma sér ílla, to make oneself hated; það kemr sér ílla, it is ill seen, unpleasant; as also, það kemr sér vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til leiðar, to effect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld. 320; koma tölu á, to put, count on, count, number, Anal. 217; koma friði, sættum á, to bring peace, agreement about: hann kom þeim á flótta, he put them to flight, Fms. vii. 235; tóku þar allt er þeir kómu höndum á, all they could catch, ix. 473; koma e-m ór eldi, Fb. i. 300; tók hann merkit ok kom því (put it, hid it) í millum klæða sinna, Nj. 274: Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, 115; allt þat er bitið var ok blóði kom út á, where it was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187.

II. with prepp.; koma e-u fram, to effect; koma fram ferð, máli, Nj. 102; til lítils þætti þat koma, en enginn kvæmi sínu máli fram þótt til alþingis væri stefnt, 149, Fb. ii. 90; þat skal aldri verða at hann komi þessu fram, Eg. 765; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262; koma fram lögum við e-n. Eg. 722:—koma e-u á, to bring about, introduce:—koma e-u af, to abolish; þó fékk hann því ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165; koma e-u af sér, to get rid of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41:—koma e-u fyrir, to arrange; koma e-m fyrir, to get a place for one; hann kom honum fyrir í skóla: to destroy (fyrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Glúm. 356:—koma e-u upp, to open; áðr ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms. iii. 74; kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma ( open), nú fær hón upp komit hörpunni, Fas. i. 233; hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, it was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234; sá svarar er mátti máli upp koma, vii. 288:—koma e-m undir, to overthrow one, get one down; varð at kenna afls-munar áðr hann kæmi honum undir, Eb. 172:—koma e-m undan, to make one escape. Fms. vii. 265, 623. 18:—ek ætla at koma mér útan, I think to go abroad, Nj. 261:—koma e-u við, to bring about, effect, to be able to do; ek mun veita þér slíkt sem ek má mér við koma, as I can, Nj.; þú munt öðru koma við en gabba oss, Anal. 77; hann kom því við ( brought about) at engi skyldi fara með vápn, Fms. vii. 240; ef váttum kvæmi við, in a case where witnesses were at hand, Íb. 12; liðit flýði allt þat er því kom við, all that could fled, Eg. 529; Guðmundr hafði almanna-lof hversu hann kom sér við ( how he behaved) þessum málum, Nj. 251; komi þeir til er því koma við, who can, Gþl. 371; menn skyldi tala hljótt ef því kæmi við, Sturl. iii. 147; ef því kemr við, if it is possible, Gþl. 429; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, Fb. ii. 187; ekki mun oss þetta duga, at hann komi boganum við, Nj. 96.

C. Reflex. komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat. pervenire; the difference between the active and reflex. is seen from such phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, he will come if he can; or, eg komst ekki á stað, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir íllviðri, I could not come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion of chance, hap, komask í lífs háska, to come into danger of life; komask í skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like; Þorfinnr kom öngu hljóði í lúðrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blástrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask á fætr, to get on one’s legs, Eg. 748; hann komsk við svá búit í ríki sitt, Hkr. i. 76; meina honum vötn eða veðr svá at hann má ekki komask til þess staðar, Grág. i. 496; hann komsk með sundi til lands, Eg. 261; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit fyrir þeim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr færi eigi utan ok mætti hann komask, 111; ef maðr byrgir mann inni í húsi, svá at hann má eigi út komask, so that he cannot get out, Grág. ii. 110; en allt fólk flýði með allt lausa-fé er með fékk komisk, with all the property they could carry with them, Fms. i. 153; ek komumk vel annar-staðar út, þótt hér gangi eigi, Nj. 202; komask á milli manna, to get oneself among people, intrude oneself, 168; komsk hann í mestu kærleika við konung, Eg. 12; komask at orði, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hann að orði komsk, passim.

II. with prepp.; komast á, to get into use; það komst á:—komask af, to get off, escape, save one’s life; hann bað menn duga svá at af kæmisk skipit, Fms. x. 98; tveir druknuðu, en hinir kómusk af:—komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure; mörgum manns-öldrum síðarr komsk at bók þeirri Theodosius, Niðrst. 10; Hrani gat komisk at trúnaði margra ríkra manna, Fms. iv. 62; þú hefir at þessum peningum vel komisk, ‘tis money well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltú ílla at komask, thou shall not get it unfairly, vii. 124:—komast eptir, to enquire into, get information of:—komask fyrir, to prevent, come in another’s way:—koma hjá e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing:—komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing, ek komst ekki til þess, I have no time; eg komst ekki til að fara:—komask undan, to escape; allt þat lið er undan komsk, Eg. 261; ekki manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387; komask undan á flótta, Eg. 11:—komask við, to be able; komusk þeir ekki í fyrstu við atlöguna, Fms. vii. 264; ef hann vill refsa údáða-mönnum, ok má þó við komask, N. G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bæl, sem þú mátt við komask, Fær. 64; ef ek viðr of kœmimk, Hbl. 33; þá er ek komumk við, Eg. 319; komask við veðri, to get abroad, Rd. 252; hann lét þat ekki við veðri komask, Fms. vii. 165: to be touched (við-kvæmni), hann komsk við mjök ok felldi tár, iii. 57; eða hann komisk við ( repent) ok hverfi aptr at íllsku sinni, Greg. 41; þá komsk mjök við inn válaði, svá at hann matti eigi lengi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; þá komsk hón við ákaflega mjök, Clem. 32; með við komnu hjarta, with a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166:—komask yfir e-t, to overcome, get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fét, Bárð. 175.

D. Part. kominn, in special phrases; inn komni maðr, a new comer, stranger, Gullþ. 47; at kominn, arrived; hinn aðkomni maðr, a guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andláti, at dauða, to be at the last gasp; var at komit, at …, it was on the point of happening, that …, Str. 8; vóru þeir mjök at komnir ( much exhausted) svá magrir vóru þeir, Fas. iii. 571:—heill kominn, hail! Blas. 42; vel kominn, welcome! vertu vel kominn! ver með oss vel kominn, Þiðr. 319, Fs. 158; hann bað þá vera vel komna, passim; so also, það er vel komið, ‘it is welcome,’ i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour:—placed, ertu maðr sannorðr ok kominn nær frétt, Nj. 175; Pétri var svá nær komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48; ok nú eigi allfjarri yðr komit, xi. 123; svá vel er sá uppsát komin, at …, ix. 368: situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn á fjall upp, is situated on a fell, Symb. 18; útsker þat er komit af þjóðleið, Eg. 369: metaph., vel, ílla kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek þykjumk hér vel kominn; hann var vel til náms kominn, he was in a good place for learning, Bs. i. 153; þat fé er ílla komit er fólgit er í jörðu, Grett. 39 new Ed.; mér þykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better off, in better hands, Fms. vi. 5; lítt ertú nú kominn, Njarð. 376; þykkjumk ek hér vel kominn með þér, Nj. 258:—kominn af, or frá e-m, come of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim:—kominn á sik vel, in a good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202; hverjum manni betr á sik kominn, Ld. 110; kominn á sik manna bezt, Ísl. ii. 203: vera á legg kominn, to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera svá aldrs kominn, to be of such an age, Fs. 4, 13, Sturl. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56; hér er allvel á komit, it suits well enough, Bs. i. 531: hann sagði henni hvar þá var komit, how matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152; hann undi vel við þar sem komit var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 22; Sveinn segir honum sem komit var þessu máli, Fms. ii. 159; at svá komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i. 317; málum várum er komit í únýtt efni, Nj. 164, 190:—vera kominn til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one; ef hann fengi þat er hann var eigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7; þeir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248; fá þeir margir af yðr sæmd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann, Eg. 111; þeim til sæmdar er til þess er kominn, Sks. 311, rétt komnir til konungdóms, rétt kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix. 332; lézk Sigvaldi nú kominn til ráða við Astríði, xi. 104: fit for, entitled to, hann þótti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmörk, i. 65: shapen, þetta mál er svá til komit, vii. 130; sagðisk hann eigi verr til manns kominn en Sturla bróðir hans, Sturl.; eigi þóttusk þeir til minna vera komnir fyrir ættar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17.

II. part. pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525: one to come, future generations, verandum ok viðr-komendum, N. G. L. i. 121; allir menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3; komendr, pl. guests, comers.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KOMA
82 grand

grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]

1. adjective

   a. ( = de haute taille) tall

   b. ( = plus âgé) son grand frère his older or big (inf) brother

• ils ont deux grands enfants they have two grown-up children

• quand il sera grand [enfant] when he grows up

• il est assez grand pour savoir he's old enough to know

• tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl now

   c. (en dimensions) big, large ; [bras, distance, voyage, enjambées] long ; [avenue, marge] wide

• ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide

• l'amour avec un grand A love with a capital L

   d. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, big

• la grande majorité des gens the great majority of people

   e. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] great

• avec un grand rire with a loud laugh

• à ma grande surprise to my great surprise

   f. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leading

   g. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big

• je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!

• c'est un grand jour pour nous this is a great day for us

   h. ( = principal) main

• c'est la grande nouvelle du jour it's the main news of the day

• la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...

   i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] big

• un grand verre d'eau a large glass of water

• les grands malades the very ill

• un grand invalide a seriously disabled person

   j. ( = remarquable) great

• un grand vin a great wine

• une grande année a vintage year

• c'est du grand jazz (inf) it's jazz at its best

   k. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grand

• en grande pompe with great pomp

   l. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] lofty

   m. ( = exagéré) faire de grandes phrases to voice high-flown sentiments

• tous ces grands discours all these high-flown speeches

   n. ( = beaucoup de) cela te fera (le plus) grand bien it'll do you the world of good

• grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!

2. adverb

   a. (en taille) ces sandales chaussent grand these sandals are big-fitting (Brit) or run large (US)

   b. ( = largement) ouvrir (en) grand [+ porte] to open wide ; [+ robinet] to turn full on

• la fenêtre était grand(e) ouverte the window was wide open

• voir grand to think big

• il a vu trop grand he was over-ambitious

• il fait toujours les choses en grand he always does things on a large scale

3. masculine noun

   a. ( = élève) senior boy

• jeu pour petits et grands game for old and young alike

   b. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, son

   c. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places

• Alexandre le Grand Alexander the Great

4. feminine noun

grande

   a. ( = élève) senior girl

• elle parle comme une grande she talks like a much older child

   b. (terme d'affection) ma grande (my) dear

5. compounds

► la grande Bleue or bleue the Med (inf)

► grande personne grown-up

► la grande vie the good life

• mener la grande vie to live the good life

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

GRANDES ÉCOLES

The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).

Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES CONCOURS ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION

* * *

1.

grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif

1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big

plus grand que nature — larger than life

ouvrir de grands yeux — to open one's eyes wide

2) (nombreux, abondant) large, big

pas grand monde — not many people

il fait grand jour — it's broad daylight

laver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]

3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy

c'est un grand timide — he's very shy

les grands malades — very sick people

les grands blessés — the seriously injured

4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big

c'est un grand jour pour elle — it's a big day for her

la grande majorité — the great ou vast majority

5) ( principal) main

les grandes lignes d'une politique — the broad lines of a policy

6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading

les grandes industries — the big industries

7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble

c'est un grand homme — he's a great man

Louis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit

8) ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte)

les grandes personnes — grown-ups

les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US

une grande fille comme toi! — a big girl like you!

assez grand pour faire — old enough to do

9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high

il est grand temps que tu partes — it's high time you went

10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent

d'une grande timidité — very shy

à ma grande surprise — much to my surprise

sans grand espoir — without much hope

ça te ferait le plus grand bien — it would do you a world of good

à grands cris — loudly; cas, remède

11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great

la grande bourgeoisie — the upper middle class

12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand

avoir grande allure — to look very impressive

13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding

un grand merci — a big thank you

faire de grands gestes — to wave one's arms about

et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end

2.

nom masculin, féminin ( enfant) big boy/girl; École senior GB ou older pupil

pour les grands et les petits — for old and young alike

3.

adverbe wide

ouvrir grand les bras — to throw one's arms open

ouvrir la porte toute grande — to open the door wide

ouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears

leurs vêtements taillent grand — their clothes are cut on the large side

voir grand — to think big

4.

nom masculin

les grands de ce monde — the great and the good

les cinq grands — Politique the Big Five

les grands de l'automobile — the top car manufacturers

5.

en grand locution adverbiale

faire de l'élevage en grand — to breed animals on a large scale

faire les choses en grand — to do things on the grand scale

Phrasal Verbs:

- grand banditisme

- grand bassin

- grand couturier

- grand duc

- grand écart

- le grand écran

- grand ensemble

- grand invalide civil

- grand invalide de guerre

- le grand large

- grand magasin

- grand maître

- grand mât

- le grand monde

- le Grand Nord

- grand panda

- Grand Pardon

- grand patron

- grand prêtre

- le grand public

- grand quotidien

- grand teint

- grand tourisme

- la grande banlieue

- la grande cuisine

- grande distribution

- grande école

- la Grande Guerre

- grande gueule

- la grande muraille de Chine

- grande personne

- la grande presse

- grande puissance

- grande roue

- grande série

- grande surface

- grandes eaux

- grandes lignes

- grandes marées

- grandes ondes

- grands espaces

- grands fauves

- grands fonds

- Grands Lacs

- grands singes

* * *
ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e
1. adj

1) (= de haute taille) tall

Il est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.

2) (= aîné)

son grand frère — his big brother

C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.

3) (= adulte)

une grande personne — a grown-up

Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...

4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large

une grande valise — a big suitcase

une grande maison — a big house

5) (importance, stature) great

un grand homme — a great man

un grand voyage — a long journey

C'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.

les grandes vacances — the summer holidays

les grandes lignes CHEMINS DE FER — the main lines

6) (ampleur, degré)

un grand buveur — a heavy drinker

les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.

les grands brûlés — people with serious burns

un grand malade — a very sick person

le grand malade de l'Europe — the sick man of Europe

7) (intensif)

au grand jour — in broad daylight

au grand air — in the open air

Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.

de grand matin — at the crack of dawn

il est grand temps de — it's high time to

avoir grand besoin de — to be in great need of

2. adv

grand ouvert — wide open

voir grand — to think big

3. nm/f

1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girl

Il est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.

C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.

2) (= personnage)

les grands de ce monde — the great and the good

4. nm

en grand [ouvrir] — wide

voir les choses en grand — to think big

* * *

grand, grande

A adj

1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;

2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;

3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;

4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;

5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;

6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;

7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;

8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;

9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;

10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;

11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;

12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;

13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.

B nm,f

1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;

2 ( terme d'affection) mon grand, ma grande my darling.

C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.

D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.

E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.

Composés

grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of Honour^GB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfast^GB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.

ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.

( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectif

A.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]

1. [de taille élevée - adulte] tall ; [ - enfant] tall, big

2. [de grandes dimensions - objet, salle, ville] big, large ; [ - distance] long

grand A/B/C capital A/B/C

une grande tour a high ou tall tower

un grand fleuve a long ou big river

une statue plus grande que nature a large-scale statue

de grandes jambes long legs

avoir de grands pieds to have big ou large feet

ses grands yeux bleus her big blue eyes

marcher à grands pas to walk with great ou long strides

3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big

tu es un grand garçon maintenant you're a big boy now

tu es assez grand pour comprendre you're old enough to understand

[aîné - frère, sœur] big

[au terme de sa croissance - personne] grown-up ; [ - animal] fully grown, adult

quand je serai grand when I'm grown-up ou big

4. [qui dure longtemps] long

pendant un grand moment for quite some time

5. [intense, considérable] great

les risques sont grands there are considerable risks

de grande diffusion widely-distributed

une grande fortune great wealth, a large fortune

ils ont marié leur fille à grands frais they married off their daughter at great ou vast expense

rincer à grande eau to rinse thoroughly

les grands froids intense cold

pendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summer

nous avons fait un grand feu we made a big fire

un grand incendie a major ou great fire

ce sont des articles de grande consommation they are everyday consumer articles

(à l'époque des)grandes marées (at) spring tide

au grand jour in broad daylight

6. [pour qualifier une mesure] large, great

la grande majorité de the great ou vast majority of

son grand âge explique cette erreur this mistake can be put down to her being so old

ils plongent à une grande profondeur they dive very deep ou to a great depth

un grand nombre de passagers a large number of passengers

7. [entier]

une grande cuillerée de sucre a heaped spoonful of sugar

elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week

8. BOTANIQUE great, greater

9. GÉOGRAPHIE

le Grand Canyon the Grand Canyon

les Grands Lacs the Great Lakes

10. ZOOLOGIE

les grands animaux (the) larger animals

B.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]

1. [important] great, major

les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our time

2. [acharné, invétéré] great, keen

c'est un grand travailleur he's a hard worker, he's hard-working

c'est une grande timide she's really shy

ce sont de grands amis they're great ou very good friends

grands fumeurs heavy smokers

les grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled

les grands handicapés the severely handicapped

3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great

4. [dans une hiérarchie]

les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime

le Grand rabbin (de France) the Chief Rabbi (of France)

les grands corps de l'État the major public bodies

5. [noble]

avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing

6. [généralementéreux]

il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart

une grande âme a noble soul

7. [exagéré] big

de grands gestes extravagant gestures

grands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language

8. [fameux, reconnu] great

un grand homme a great man

un grand journaliste a great ou top journalist

les grands textes classiques the classics

il ne descend que dans les grands hôtels he only stays in the best hotels ou the most luxurious hotels

le grand film de la soirée tonight's big ou feature film

le grand jour the big day

les grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history

un grand nom a great name

un grand nom de la peinture contemporaine one of today's great painters

les grands couturiers the top fashion designers

9. HISTOIRE

la Grande Catherine Catherine the Great

10. [omnipotent, suprême] great

Dieu est grand God is great

C.[EN INTENSIF]

avec une (très) grande facilité with (the greatest of) ease

sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interest

sa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his garden

c'était un grand moment it was a great moment

un grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sister

le grand amour: c'est le grand amour! it's true love!

Robert fut son grand amour Robert was the love of her life

tu aurais grand avantage à la prévenir you'd be well advised to warn her

cette cuisine a grand besoin d'être nettoyée this kitchen really needs ou is in dire need of a clean

faire grand bien: ça m'a fait le plus grand bien it did me a power of ou the world of good

il en a pensé le plus grand bien he thought most highly of it

grand bien lui fasse! much good may it do her!

faire grand cas de to set great store by

toute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the family

jamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I accept

il n'y a pas grand mal à demander des précisions there's no harm in asking for further details

il est parti de grand matin he left at the crack of dawn

il n'y avait pas grand monde à son concert there weren't many people at his concert

pour notre plus grand plaisir to our (great) delight

prendre grand soin de to take great care of

à sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise

il est grand temps que tu le lises it's high time you read it

————————

, grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin

1. [enfant - d'un certain âge]

l'école des grands primary school

[en appellatif]

merci mon grand! thanks, son!

allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!

comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl

2. [adulte - généralement] grown-up, adult

un jeu pour petits et grands a game for young and old (alike)

[en appellatif]

alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?

[personne de grande taille]

pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back

————————

adverbe

1. [vêtement]

chausser grand: c'est un modèle qui chausse grand this is a large-fitting shoe

tailler grand: ça devrait vous aller, ça taille grand it should fit you, it's cut large

2. (locution)

ils ont vu trop grand they bit off more than they could chew

elle voit grand pour son fils she's got great hopes for her son

deux rôtis! tu as vu grand! two roasts! you don't do things by halves!

3. [largement]

grand ouvert wide-open

4. ART

représenter quelque chose plus grand que nature to enlarge something

————————

nom masculin

1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment

2. [entrepreneur, industriel]

un grand de la mode a leading light in the fashion business

les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers

————————

grands nom masculin pluriel

ÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUE

les grands [les puissants] the rich (and powerful)

les grands de ce monde the people in (positions of) power ou in high places

les deux Grands POLITIQUE the two superpowers

————————

en grand locution adverbiale

[complètement] on a large scale

il faut aérer la maison en grand the house needs a thorough ou good airing

il a fait les choses en grand (figuré) he really did things properly

grande école nom féminin

competitive-entrance higher education establishment

grand ensemble nom masculin

housing scheme (UK), housing project (US)

grande surface nom féminin

hypermarket

GRANDE ÉCOLE

The grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training).

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > grand
83 ἀγαπάω

ἀγαπάω impf. ἠγάπων; fut. ἀγαπήσω; 1 aor. ἠγάπησα; pf. ἠγάπηκα, ptc. ἠγαπηκώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἠγαπήκει Is. 2:25. Pass.: 1 fut. ἀγαπηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 2 sg. ἠγαπήθης Sir 47:16; pf. ptc. ἠγαπημένος (in var. mngs. Hom.+.—STromp de Ruiter, Gebruik en beteekenis van ἀγαπᾶν in de Grieksche Litteratuur 1930; CRichardson, Love: Gk. and Christian, JR 23, ’43,173–85).

① to have a warm regard for and interest in another, cherish, have affection for, love

ⓐ by human beings (Pind., Pla. et al.)

α. to a broad range of persons, apart from recipients of special devotion, for which see β; w. obj. given γυναῖκας Eph 5:25, 28, 33 (on proper attitude of the husband cp. Plut., Mor. 142e); Col 3:19; ὡς ἀδελφήν Hv 1, 1, 1. τὸν πλησίον Mt 5:43; 19:19; 22:39; Mk 12:31, 33 (on 33b s. Aristaen., Ep. 2, 13, end φιλῶ σε ὡς ἐμαυτήν); Ro 13:9; Gal 5:14; Js 2:8; B 19:5 (all quots. fr. Lev 19:18); s. πλησίον 2; τὸν ἕτερον Ro 13:8. τὸν ἀδελφόν 1J 2:10; 3:10; 4:20f. τοὺς ἀδελφούς 3:14. τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ 5:2. ἀλλήλους J 13:34; 15:12, 17; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:7, 11f; 2J 5; Ro 13:8; 1 Th 4:9. τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας Mt 5:46; Lk 6:32. τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 7:5. τοὺς ἐχθρούς Mt 5:44; Lk 6:27, 35; s. WvanUnnik, NovT 8, ’66, 284–300, and s. ἐχθρός 2bβ; ἀ. τινα ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν love someone more than one’s own life B 1:4; 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7 (cp. Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 42 ὑπερφυῶς ἀ.; Kaibel 716, 5 φίλους ὑπὲρ ἁτὸν [=αὑτὸν] ἐτίμα). εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶ, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι; if I love you the more, am I to be loved less? 2 Cor 12:15; ἀ. πολύ, ὀλίγον show much or little affection Lk 7:47; cp. πλεῖον ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν will love him more vs. 42 (on the love-hate pair s. AFridrichsen, Svensk Exegetisk Årsbok 5, ’40, 152–62.—The meaning be grateful is suggested for Lk 7:42 by HWood, ET 66, ’55, 319, after JJeremias. See Jos., Bell. 1, 392 and Ps 114:1 LXX). Abs. ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1J 4:19. πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν vs. 7. ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν vs. 8. W. indication of the kind of affection: ἀ. ἐν Ἰησοῦ Χρ. I Mg 6:2. Opp. μισεῖν (Dt 21:15–17) Mt 6:24; Lk 16:13.

β. to transcendent recipients of special devotion: to Jesus 1 Pt 1:8. Esp. in J: 8:42; 14:15, 21, 23f; 21:15f (always spoken by Jesus).—On the last passage s. AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 46–49; EMcDowell, RevExp 32, ’35, 422–41; Goodsp., Probs. 116–18; JScott, ClW 39, ’45–’46, 71f; 40, ’46–’47, 60f; M-EBoismard, RB 54, ’47, 486f.—ἀ. and φιλέω may be used interchangeably here (cp. the freq. interchange of synonyms elsewh. in the same chapter [βόσκειν–ποιμαίνειν, ἀρνία–προβάτια, ἑλκύειν–σύρειν], but s. KMcKay, NovT 27, ’85, 319–33; also φιλέω).—To God (Dio Chrys. 11 [12], 61; Sextus 442; 444; ParJer 6:6; LXX; Philo, Post. Caini 69; Jos., Ant. 7, 269; TestBenj 3:1; 4:5) Mt 22:37; Mk 12:30, 33; Lk 10:27 (all Dt 6:5); Ro 8:28; 1 Cor 2:9; 8:3. Of affection for the Creator B 19:2.

ⓑ of the affection of transcendent beings

α. for ordinary human beings (Dio Chrys. 3, 60 ἀγαπώμενος ὑπὸ θεῶν; 79 [28], 13; CIG 5159 Βρουτταρᾶτος, ὸ̔ν ἀγαπᾷ ἡ Φαρία ῏Ισις; Norden, Agn. Th. 225 ὸ̔ν Ἄμμων ἀγαπᾷ; 226 [= OGI 90, 4]; s. β below; LXX; Jos., Ant. 8, 173; 314; TestNapht 8:4, 10) Ro 8:37; 9:13 (Mal 1:2); 2 Th 2:16; Hb 12:6 (Pr 3:12); J 14:21 (τηρηθήσεται P⁷⁵); 1J 4:10, 19; 1 Cl 56:4 (Pr 3:12). ἱλαρὸν δότην 2 Cor 9:7.—Jesus’ affection for people Ἰ. ἠγάπησεν αὐτον J. liked him or was fond of him Mk 10:21 (displayed affection, caressed him has also been suggested; cp. X., Cyr. 7, 5, 50; Plut., Pericl. 152 [1, 1] al.).—Gal 2:20; Eph 5:2; J 11:5; 15:9; B 1:1. Of the beloved disciple J 13:23; 19:26; 21:7, 20; s. Hdb.³ on J 13:23, also JMaynard, JSOR 13, 1929, 155–59; Bultmann ad loc. et al.; AKragerud, Der Lieblingsjünger im Johannesevangelium, ’59; LJohnson, ET 77, ’66, 157f; see also μαθητής 2bα.—W. pf. pass. ptc. (cp. β) ἀδελφοὶ ἠ. ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ (cp. Sir 45:1; 46:13) 1 Th 1:4; 2 Th 2:13; ἅγιοι καὶ ἠ. Col 3:12; τοῖς ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις Jd 1; ἐκκλησία ἠ. ITr ins; IRo ins.—Ro 9:25 (Hos 2:25 v.l.).

β. for other transcendent beings: God’s love for Jesus J 3:35; 10:17; 17:26, from before creation 17:24. Here belongs also the pf. pass. ptc. the one loved by God (cp. Dt 32:15; 33:5, 26; Is 44:2) as designation of Jesus (cp. ParJer 3:11; AscIs 3:4; TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 6 [Stone p. 4] Ἀβραὰμ τὸν ἠ. μου φίλον; OGI 90, 4 [II B.C.] an Egyptian king is ἠγαπημένος ὑπό τοῦ Φθᾶ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 12 [III B.C.] a king ἠγαπημένος ὑπὸ τ. Ἴσιδος) Eph 1:6; B 3:6; 4:3, 8. ἠγαπημένος παῖς αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 59:2f; υἱὸς ἠ. Hs 9, 12, 5. Of Jerusalem τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠ. (Sir 24:11) Rv 20:9.—S. the lit. on φιλέω 1a.—Jesus’ love for God J 14:31.

② to have high esteem for or satisfaction with someth., take pleasure in (Aesop, Fab. 156 P.)—Appian, Mithrid. 57 §230 τὰ προτεινόμενα=the proffered terms. PsSol 14:6 ἡμέραν ἐν μετοχῇ ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν day of partnership in their sin. Also striving after someth. (Theopomp. [IV B.C.]: 115 Fgm. 124 Jac. τιμήν; Diod. S 11, 46, 2 τ. πλοῦτον; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 49 §215 citizenship; SIG 1268 I, 9 [III B.C.] φιλίαν ἀγάπα=‘value friendship’; pap of early Ptolemaic times in WCrönert, NGG 1922, 31; Ps 39:17; Sir 3:26) τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμούς Lk 11:43. μισθὸν ἀδικίας 2 Pt 2:15. τὸν κόσμον 1J 2:15. τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα 2 Ti 4:10; Pol 9:2. δικαιοσύνην (Wsd 1:1; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 79, 22) Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). σεμνότητα Hm 5, 2, 8. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 296; TestReub 3:9) 1 Cl 18:6 (Ps 50:8); Hm 3:1. Opp. ἀ. ψεύδη B 20:2. ὅρκον ψευδῆ 2:8 (Zech 8:17). μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος ἢ τὸ φῶς J 3:19 (on ἀγ. μᾶλλον w. acc. cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 350 and see μᾶλλον 3c); ἀ. τὴν δόξαν τ. ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τ. δ. τοῦ θεοῦ value the approval of human beings more highly than that of God 12:43 (cp. Pla. Phdr. 257e). ζωήν enjoy life (Sir 4:12) 1 Pt 3:10; also τὴν ψυχήν (Sir 30:23 v.l.) Rv 12:11.—Hence long for τὶ someth. (Ps 39:17) τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ his appearing 2 Ti 4:8. W. inf. fol. wish (Anton. Lib. 40, 1 ἠγάπησεν ἀεὶ παρθένος εἶναι) ἀ. ἡμέρας ἱδεῖν ἀγαθάς to see good days 1 Cl 22:2 (Ps 33:13). τὸ παθεῖν wish for martyrdom ITr 4:2.—ἀγάπην ἀ. (2 Km 13:15) show love J 17:26; Eph 2:4; show one’s admiration τὰ δεσμά for my bonds i.e. they were not embarrassed by them IPol 2:3 (not kiss; there is so far no evidence for that mng. of ἀ.).—ISm 7:1 the context seems to require for ἀ. the sense ἀγάπην ποιεῖν (8:2)=hold a love-feast, but so far this mng. cannot be confirmed lexically. But since the noun ἀγάπη is used absolutely in 6:2 in the sense ‘concern for’ someone, it may be that ἀγαπᾶν in 7:1 refers to acts of kindness.

③ to practice/express love, prove one’s love J 13:1, 34 (perh. an allusion to the agape or love-feast, s. ἀγάπη 2). Abs. w. indication of the means μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ let us show our love with deeds as well as w. word or tongue (TestGad 6:1 ἀγαπήσατε ἀλλήλους ἐν ἔργῳ) 1J 3:18; cp. ἀ. τῷ στόματι love w. the mouth 1 Cl 15:4 (Ps 77:36 Swete; ed. Rahlfs ’31 v.l.).—RJoly, Le vocabulaire chretien de l’amour est-il original? ’68.—B. 1110. DELG. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀγαπάω
84 с

I предл. (тв.); = со
1) (указывает на совместность, объединение) with; and

он прие́хал с детьми́ — he came with the children

я пойду́ с ва́ми — I'll go with you; I'll join you

вы со мной? — are you coming with me?

брат с сестро́й ушли́ — brother and sister went away

мы с тобо́й [мы с ва́ми] — you and I; we

нам с ва́ми придётся подожда́ть — we'll have to wait

повида́ть отца́ с ма́терью — see one's father and mother

2) (в обществе кого-л, по отношению к кому-л) with

вести́ себя сде́ржанно с кем-л — be reserved with smb

с ва́ми мне легко́ — I feel at ease with you

с ним ве́село — he is fun to be with

3) ( указывает на общую деятельность) with

обме́ниваться мне́ниями с кем-л — exchange views with smb

игра́ть с соба́кой — play with the dog

мне не́ о чем с ва́ми разгова́ривать — I have nothing to discuss with you

4) (указывает на наличие чего-л, свойства или особенности предмета) with

чай с молоко́м [са́харом] — tea with milk [sugar]

кни́га с карти́нками — picture book

стано́к с электро́нным управле́нием — electronically operated / controlled machine

бино́кль с увеличе́нием в 10 раз — 10-power binoculars

5) ( указывает на средство) with

мыть с мы́лом — wash with soap

6) ( указывает на способ осуществления действия) by

с курье́ром — by courier ['kʊrɪə] / messenger

с после́дним по́ездом — by the last train

7) ( указывает на сопутствующую эмоцию или состояние) with

с улы́бкой — with a smile

с интере́сом — with interest

с удово́льствием — with pleasure

со сме́хом — with a laugh, with laughter

с пе́снями и сме́хом — with song and laughter; singing and laughing

8) ( указывает на характеристику действия) with

с уве́ренностью — with certainty; for certain; confidently

с лёгкостью — easily

одева́ться со вку́сом — be dressed with taste, have good taste in clothes

с опереже́нием гра́фика — ahead of schedule

с то́чностью до 0,1 — to within 0.1

с части́чной нагру́зкой — at partial load

со ско́ростью 100 км в час — at a speed of 100 km per hour

с тако́й же ско́ростью, как — as fast as

9) ( указывает на цель действия) with

с серьёзными наме́рениями — with serious intentions

с э́той це́лью — for this purpose, with this in mind; toward(s) this end

я к вам с про́сьбой — I have a request for you; I have something to ask you for

я́вка с пови́нной — surrender ( of a criminal to police), giving oneself up (with a confession of one's guilt)

10) ( одновременно) with; at the time of

просну́ться с зарёй — awake with the dawn

с оконча́нием войны́ — when the war is [was] over

11) ( по мере чего-л) as

с во́зрастом э́то пройдёт — it will pass with the years [with age; as one grows older]

с разви́тием эконо́мики — as the economy develops

с увеличе́нием глубины́ растёт давле́ние — as the depth increases, so does the pressure

с повыше́нием то́чности измере́ний на́ши взгля́ды на э́то явле́ние измени́лись — as the measurement accuracy increased, our view of that phenomenon changed

с удале́нием от це́нтра — away / outward from the centre

12) ( после) after

с приватиза́цией фи́рмы не́которые пробле́мы разреши́лись — after the company was privatized, some of the problems were resolved

13) (по поводу, относительно) with respect to, as regards; with

как у вас дела́ с повыше́нием? — how are things going on with your promotion?

с рабо́той всё хорошо́ — the work's going on all right

как у вас со здоро́вьем? — do you have any health problems?

у него́ что́-то с лёгкими — he has got lung trouble

у меня́ тугова́то с деньга́ми — I am a bit hard up for money

••

что с тобо́й [ва́ми]? — what is the matter with you?

с ка́ждым (тв.; при обозначении регулярного отрезка времени) — every

с ка́ждым ча́сом [днём, ме́сяцем, го́дом] — every hour [day, month, year]

с ка́ждой секу́ндой [мину́той, неде́лей] — every second [minute, week]

вы молоде́ете с ка́ждым днём — you look younger every day
II предл. (рд.); = со
1) (указывает на поверхность, опору, уровень, откуда направлено движение) from; (прочь тж.) off

взять кни́гу с по́лки — take a book from the shelf

упа́сть с кры́ши — fall from a roof

сбро́сить со стола́ — throw off / from the table

снять кольцо́ с па́льца — take a ring off / from one's finger

спусти́ться со второ́го этажа́ — come downstairs

корми́ть с ло́жечки — spoon-feed

2) (указывает на место отправления, происхождения) from

верну́ться с рабо́ты — return from work

съе́хать с да́чи [с кварти́ры] — move from a country house [from a flat брит. / apartment амер.]

прие́хать с Кавка́за — come from the Caucasus

ры́ба с Во́лги — fish from the Volga

3) (указывает на часть, сторону предмета, на которой сосредоточено действие) from

подойти́ к до́му с торца́ — approach the building from the end side

пры́гать с ле́вой ноги́ — take off from the left foot

с двух сторо́н (о движении) — from both sides; ( о письме) on both sides

печа́ть с двух сторо́н полигр., информ. — two-sided printing

4) (указывает на то, что используется в начале действия) with, using

писа́ть с прописно́й [стро́чной] бу́квы — write with a capital [small] letter

идти́ с туза́ карт. — play an ace

начина́ть с ма́лого — start small [in a small way]

5) (указывает на позицию или показатель в прошлом, подвергнувшиеся изменению) from

перейти́ с пе́рвого ме́ста на пя́тое — move from first place to fifth place

зарпла́та повы́силась с 5 до 6 ты́сяч рубле́й — the salary (was) increased from 5,000 to 6,000 roubles

6) ( указывает на начало срока) from

с сентября́ по дека́брь — from September to December

с трёх до пяти́ — from three to five

7) (указывает на начало процесса, состояния в прошлом) since

он не ви́дел её с про́шлого го́да — he has not seen her since last year

с тех пор ничего́ не измени́лось — nothing has changed since then

8) (указывает на начало процесса, состояния в будущем) starting / beginning from

он бу́дет там с января́ [пя́тницы; трёх часо́в] — he will be there starting from January [Friday; three o'clock]

зако́н вступа́ет в си́лу с 1 января́ — the law comes into force [becomes effective] (on) January (the) first

9) ( беря за образец) from

с нату́ры — from life

писа́ть портре́т с кого́-л — paint smb's picture

брать приме́р с кого́-л — follow smb's example

10) (указывает на лицо, от которого требуется оплата, вознаграждение и т.п.)

с вас 20 рубле́й — 20 roubles, please; ( о возврате долга) you owe me 20 roubles

с тебя́ буты́лка — you owe me a bottle

11) разг. (от, из-за, под воздействием чего-л) because of; with

с ра́дости — with joy

с го́ря — with grief / frustration

запи́ть с го́ря — drown one's sorrows in drink

с доса́ды [со зло́сти] — with vexation [with anger]

со стыда́ — for / with shame

со стра́ха — in one's fright, in panic

кра́сный с моро́за — (with a face) reddened by the cold

••

с пе́рвого взгля́да — at first sight

с головы́ до ног — from head to foot

с нача́ла до конца́ — from beginning to end; from start to finish

со сна — half awake

взять с бо́ю — take by storm

с мину́ты на мину́ту — any minute / moment (now)

он придёт с мину́ты на мину́ту — he may come any minute now

с чьего́-л разреше́ния / позволе́ния — with smb's permission

с ва́шего согла́сия — with your consent

с ви́ду — in appearance

с доро́ги — after a journey

с меня́ хва́тит — I've had enough
III предл.; = со
(вн.; указывает на приблизительную меру чего-л) the size of; about

с була́вочную голо́вку — the size of a pin's head

с вас ро́стом — about the same height as yours

с ло́шадь величино́й — the size of a horse

туда́ бу́дет с киломе́тр — it is about a kilometre from here

Новый большой русско-английский словарь > с
85 der

I best. Art.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) the; der eine ist fleißig, der andere faul (the) one is hard-working, the other one is lazy; der Tod death; der Mensch (alle Menschen) man(kind), humankind; der große Goethe the famous Goethe; der arme Peter poor Peter; der Peter, den ich kenne the Peter (who oder that) I know; der Hyde Park Hyde Park

2. (Gen Sg. von die) of the; die Mauern der Stadt auch the city walls

3. (Dat Sg. von die) to the; den Schlüssel habe ich der Nachbarin gegeben I gave the key to the neighbo(u)r

4. (Gen Pl. von der, die, das) of the; die Ankunft der Kinder auch the children’s arrival

II Dem. Pron.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) that (one), this (one); (er) he, it; der Mann hier this man; der mit dem Bart the one with the beard; nur der kann das verstehen, der... only he ( oder that man) who... can understand it; der und baden gehen? you won’t catch him going swimming; der und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! him? honest? Pull the other one! ( oder Give me a break!)

2. (Dat Sg. von die) zu der und der Zeit umg. at such and such a time

III Rel. Pron.

1. m; (Nom. Sg.) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that; der Bezirk, der einen Teil von X bildet the district forming part of X; der erste Stein, der geworfen wurde the first stone that was thrown; er war der Erste, der es erfuhr he was the first to know; jeder, der... anyone who...; ich, der ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (Dat Sg. von die) bei Personen: who(m), who... to, to whom förm.; bei Sachen: that, which; die Freundin, der ich meine Sorgen erzählte the friend (whom) I told about my problems ( oder to whom I told my problems)

* * *

which one (Pron.); that (Pron.); which (Pron.); who (Pron.); the ( Artikel)

* * *
I [deːɐ]
1. def art

1) gen sing, pl von die of the

das Miauen dér Katze — the miaowing of the cat, the cat's miaowing

2) dat sing von die to the; (mit Präposition) the

2. dem pron dat sing von die

1) (adjektivisch) to that; (mit Präpositionen) that

2) (substantivisch) to her; her

3. rel pron dat sing
to whom, that or who(m)... to; (mit Präposition) who(m); (von Sachen) to which, which... to; which II [deːɐ] pl die
1. def art gen des, der, des, pl der dat dem, der, dem, pl den acc den, die, das, pl die
the
dér/die Arme! — the poor man/woman or girl

die Toten — the dead pl

die Engländer — the English pl

dér Engländer (dated inf: = die Engländer) — the Englishman

dér Faust — Faust

dér Hans (inf) — Hans

dér kleine Hans — little Hans

dér Rhein — the Rhine

dér Michigansee — Lake Michigan

die Domstraße — Cathedral Street

die "Bismarck" — the "Bismarck"

dér Lehrer/die Frau (im Allgemeinen) — teachers pl/women pl

dér Tod/die Liebe/das Leben — death/love/life

dér Tod des Sokrates — the death of Socrates

das Viktorianische England — Victorian England

in dem England, das ich kannte — in the England (that or which) I knew

er liebt den Jazz/die Oper/das Kino — he likes jazz/(the) opera/the cinema

das Singen macht ihm Freude — singing gives him pleasure

das Singen meines Opas — my grandpa's singing

mir fiel das Atmen schwer — I found breathing difficult

das Herstellen von Waffen ist... — manufacturing weapons is..., the manufacturing of weapons is...

die Callas — Callas

dér spätere Wittgenstein — the later Wittgenstein

er war nicht mehr dér Hans, dér... — he was no longer the Hans who...

er hat sich den Fuß verletzt — he has hurt his foot

mal das Gesicht! — wash your faces

er nimmt den Hut ab — he takes his hat off

ein Euro das Stück — one euro apiece or each

20 Euro die Stunde — 20 euros an or per hour

dér und dér Wissenschaftler — such and such a scientist

2. dem pron gen dessen or (old) des, deren, dessen,
pl deren dat dem, der, dem, pl denen acc den, die, das, pl die
1) (attr) (= jener, dieser) that; (pl) those, them (inf)

zu dér und dér Zeit — at such and such a time

an dem und dem Ort — at such and such a place

2) (substantivisch) he/she/it; (pl) those, them (inf)

dér/die war es — it was him/her

dér/die mit dér großen Nase — the one or him/her (inf) with the big nose

mit den roten Haaren — those or them (inf) with red hair

deine Schwester, die war nicht da (inf) — your sister, she wasn't there

dér und schwimmen? — him, swimming?, swimming, (what) him?

dér/die hier (von Menschen) — he/she, this man/woman etc; (von Gegenständen) this (one); (von mehreren) this one

dér/die da (von Menschen) — he/she, that man/woman etc; (von Gegenständen) that (one); (von mehreren) that one

die hier/da pl — they, these/those men/women etc, these/those, them (inf)

dér, den ich meine — the one I mean

dér und dér/die und die — so-and-so

das und das — such and such

3. rel pron decl as dem pron
(Mensch) who, that; (Gegenstand, Tier) which, that
4. rel + dem pron decl as dem pron

dér/die dafür verantwortlich war,... — the man/woman who was responsible for it

die so etwas tun,... — those or people who do that sort of thing...

* * *

der¹

[de:ɐ̯]

I. art def, nom sing m

1. (allgemein) the

\der Hund/Mann/Tisch the dog/man/table

\der Mai [the month of] May

\der Angeber! that show-off!

2. (bei Körperteilen)

mir tut \der Hals weh my throat hurts

3. (bei Abstrakta)

\der Hunger/Irrsinn/Tod hunger/madness/death

\der Tod des Ikaros the death of Icarus

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\der Stahl wird auch mit anderen Elementen legiert steel is also alloyed with other elements; (bei spezifischen Stoffen) the

\der Sauerstoff in der Luft the oxygen in the air

5. (einmalig)

\der Mann des Tages the man of the moment

das ist \der Augenblick, auf den wir gewartet haben that's [just] the moment we've been waiting for

6. (bei Eigennamen)

\der Irak/Iran Iraq/Iran

\der Sudan The Sudan

\der Kongo vor der Kolonialzeit pre-colonial Congo

\der kleine Peter little Peter

\der spätere Dickens the later Dickens

er war nicht mehr \der Uli, der... he was no longer the Uli who...

7. (fam: vor Personennamen)

das ist \der Klaus that's Klaus

\der Papa sagt,... [my] dad says...

8. (verallgemeinernd)

\der Mensch heute man today

\der Franzose isst gern gut the French like to eat well

9. (nach Angaben)

5 Euro \der Liter €5 a [or per] litre

10. (vor Angaben)

\der 14. August 2003 14[th] August 2003, August 14[th], 2003; (gesprochen) the fourteenth of August 2003

Heinrich \der Achte Henry the Eighth

11. (vor Substantiviertem)

\der Kleine the little boy/one

\der Älteste the oldest [one]

II. pron dem, nom sing m

1. attr, betont

\der Mann war es! it was that man!

\der Hut gefällt mir am besten I like that/this hat [or that/this hat I like] the most

\der Stift da that pen [there]

\der Stift hier this pen [here]

\der und \der Experte such and such an expert

2. (hinweisend)

\der war es! it was him!

\der hat es getan! it was him that [or who] did it!

\der sagte mir,... he told me...

welcher Stift? \der da? oder \der hier? which pen? that one [there]? or this one [here]?

wer ist denn \der? (fam) who on earth is he [or that]?

\der und joggen? him, jogging?

\der und \der such and such

3. (unterscheidend)

\der mit der Brille the one [or fam him] with the glasses

welcher Ball? — \der mit den Punkten which ball? — the/this/that one with the spots

ach \der! (pej) oh him!

4. (wiederholend)

der Chef? \der ist nicht da the boss? he's not there

dein Vater, \der ist nicht gekommen your father, he didn't come

mein Schuh! \der ist weg! my shoe! it's gone!

der Scheißkerl, \der! the bastard!

der Grund ist \der, dass... the reason is that [or because]...

\der, den ich meinte the one I meant

5. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

wo ist dein Bruder? — \der ist oben where's your brother? — he's upstairs

das ist ein neuer Drucker! warum druckt \der nicht? that's a new printer! why isn't it working?

beißt \der? does it/he/she bite?

III. pron rel, nom sing m

1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which

ich hörte/sah einen Wagen, \der um die Ecke fuhr I heard/saw a car driving around the corner

ein Film, \der gut ankommt a much-acclaimed film

ein Roman, \der von Millionen gelesen wurde a novel [that has been] read by millions

der König, \der vierzig Jahre herrschte,... (einschränkend) the king who [or that] reigned for forty years...; (nicht einschränkend) the king, who reigned for forty years,...

der Mantel, \der zum Trocknen aufgehängt war,... (einschränkend) the coat that [or which] was hung up to dry...; (nicht einschränkend) the coat, which was hung up to dry,...

der Mörder, \der von der Polizei gesucht wird,... (einschränkend) the murderer [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the murderer for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the murderer, who the police are searching for,..., the murderer, for whom the police are searching,... form

der Fall, \der von den Ermittlern untersucht werden soll,... (einschränkend) the case [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the case into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the case, which the investigators have to look into,..., the case, into which the investigators have to look,... form

2. (derjenige)

\der mir jetzt hilft, wird belohnt anyone helping [or form he who helps] me now will be rewarded

\der diesen Brief geschrieben hat, kann gut Deutsch the person/man who wrote this letter knows good German

\der zu so etwas fähig ist,... people who are capable of such things...; s.a. das, die

der²

[ˈde:ɐ̯]

art def, gen sing f

1. (allgemein)

der Hund \der alten Frau the old woman's dog

die Hitze \der Sonne the heat of the sun, the sun's heat

das Schnurren \der fetten Katze the fat cat's purring, the purring of the fat cat

die Lösung \der Formel hier the solution to this formula, this formula's solution

der Einspruch \der Frau da that woman's objection, the objection from that woman

2. (bei Körperteilen)

die Farbe \der Zunge deutete auf seine Krankheit the colour of his tongue indicated his illness

3. (bei Abstrakta)

ein Opfer \der Liebe a victim of love

ein Zeichen \der Hoffnung a sign of hope

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

das Kämmen \der Wolle the combing of wool

5. (bei Eigennamen)

die Berge \der Schweiz the mountains of Switzerland

die Puppe \der kleinen Sabine little Sabine's doll

6. (fam: vor Personennamen)

ich ruf an wegen \der Anna I'm calling to talk to you about Anna

7. (bei Berühmtheiten)

die Arien \der Callas Callas' arias

8. (form: vor Namen)

ein Antrag \der Ute Kley a petition from Ute Kley

9. (verallgemeinernd)

die Rolle \der Frau in Management women's role [or the role of women] in management

die Trinkfestigkeit \der Engländerin the ability of the Englishwoman to hold her drink

10. (geh: nach Angaben)

10 Meter \der kostbarsten Seide 10 metres of the most precious silk

11. (vor Substantiviertem)

das Spielzeug \der Kleinen the little one's [or girl's] toys

die Weisheit \der Ältesten the wisdom of the eldest [woman]; s.a. das, die

der³

I. art def, dat sing f

1. siehe auch vb (allgemein)

sie redeten mit/von \der Nachbarin they were talking with/about the neighbour

ich klopfte an \der Tür I knocked at the door

das Bild hängt an \der Wand the picture is hanging on the wall

sie folgte \der Frau/Menge she followed the woman/crowd

er gab \der Großmutter den Brief he gave his grandmother the letter, he gave the letter to his grandmother

es gehört \der Frau da it belongs to that woman

es entspricht \der Textstelle hier it corresponds to this passage in the text

2. (bei Körperteilen)

er schlug den Tisch mit \der Faust he thumped the table with his fist

3. (bei Abstrakta)

er widmete \der Liebe ein Gedicht he dedicated a poem to love

mit \der Hoffnung eines Verzweifelten with the hope of a desperate man

4. (bei allgemeinen Stoffen)

\der Bronze wird auch Phosphor beigemischt phosphorus is also added to bronze; (bei spezifischen Stoffen)

mit \der Wolle dieses Schafs with the wool from this sheep, with this sheep's wool

5. (bei Eigennamen)

wir segelten mit \der ‚Nordwind‘ we sailed on the [yacht] ‘Nordwind’

in \der Schweiz [der Zwischenkriegsjahre] in [interwar] Switzerland

\der kleinen Jenny geht's nicht gut little Jenny isn't feeling well

6. (fam: vor Personennamen)

sie ist bei \der Kati she's at Kati's place

7. (bei Berühmtheiten)

er hat \der Callas mal die Hand geküsst he once kissed Callas' hand

8. (verallgemeinernd)

von \der Frau in der Industrie of women in industry

als das Pferd \der Maschine wich when the horse gave way to the engine

9. (nach Angaben)

mit 20 Flaschen \der Kiste with 20 bottles a [or per] crate

10. (vor Substantiviertem)

gib \der Kleinen einen Kuss give the little one a kiss

wir gingen zu \der Ältesten we went to the elder

II. pron dem, dat sing f

1. attr, betont

\der Pflanze muss man Dünger geben that plant must be given fertilizer

\der Frau hast du es erzählt? you told it to that woman?

zu \der und \der Zeit at such and such a time

2. (fam: ersetzt Pronomen)

glaub \der bloß nicht! don't believe her [of all people]!

III. pron rel, dat sing f, siehe auch vb

meine Kollegin, \der die Aufgabe zugeteilt wurde,... (einschränkend) my colleague who [or that] was assigned the task...; (nicht einschränkend) my colleague, who was assigned the task,...

die Lösung, \der der Alkohol entzogen war,... (einschränkend) the solution that [or which] had its alcohol extracted...; (nicht einschränkend) the solution, which had its alcohol extracted,...

die Abgeordnete, \der ich oft schrieb,... (einschränkend) the MP [who [or that]] I often wrote to..., the MP to whom I often wrote... form; (nicht einschränkend) the MP, who I often wrote to,..., the MP, to whom I often wrote,... form

die Grippe, unter \der sie leiden,... (einschränkend) the flu [that [or which]] they're suffering from..., the flu from which they're suffering... form; (nicht einschränkend) the flu, which they're suffering from,..., the flu, from which they're suffering,... form; s.a. das, die

der⁴

art def, gen pl

1. siehe auch n (allgemein)

die Anstrengungen \der Schüler the pupils' efforts, the efforts of the pupils

die Zeichnungen \der beiden Schwestern the two sisters' drawings, the drawings by the two sisters

das Gezwitscher \der Vögel the twittering of the birds

das Gewicht \der Platten the weight of the slabs

die Wohnung \der Eltern my/his/her etc. parents' flat

die Lösungen \der Formeln hier the solutions to these formulae

der Einspruch \der Frauen da those women's objection, the objection from those women

2. (bei Körperteilen)

die Farbe \der Haare gefiel ihr nicht she didn't like the colour of her hair

3. (bei Eigennamen)

die Sprachen \der Niederlande the languages of [or spoken in] the Netherlands

das Haus \der Müllers the Millers' house

4. (form: vor Namen)

ein Antrag \der Heinz und Ute Kley a petition from Heinz and Ute Kley

5. (verallgemeinernd)

die Rolle \der Pflanzen in der Medizin the role of plants in medicine

6. (geh: nach Angaben)

10 Kisten \der feinsten Äpfel 10 crates of the finest apples

7. (vor Substantiviertem)

das Spielzeug \der Kleinen the little ones' toys

die Weisheit \der Ältesten the wisdom of the elders; s.a. das, die

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

der Kleine — the little boy

der Tod — death

der April/Winter — April/winter

der ‘Faust’ — ‘Faust’

der Dieter — (ugs.) Dieter

der Kapitalismus/Islam — capitalism/Islam

der Bodensee/Mount Everest — Lake Constance/Mount Everest

der 1ran — 1ran
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr. that

der Mann war es — it was 'that man

2) allein stehend he

der war es — it was 'him

der und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] him work! (coll.)

der [da] — (Mann) that man; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

der [hier] — (Mann) this man; (Gegenstand, Tier) this one
3.
Relativpronomen (Mensch) who/that; (Sache) which/that

der Mann, der da drüben entlanggeht — the man walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 1.

der Hut der Frau — the woman's hat

der Henkel der Tasse — the handle of the cup

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 1.: to the; (nach Präp.) the

in der Türkei — in Turkey

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.

das Haus der Freunde — our/their etc. friends' house

das Bellen der Hunde — the barking of the dogs
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 2. 1): of the; of that

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 2. attr

der Frau [da/hier] gehört es — it belongs to that woman there/this woman here; allein stehend

gib es der da! — (ugs.) give it to 'her

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 2. 1), die I 2. 1), das 2. 1): of those
3.
Relativpronomen; Dat. Sg. v. die I 3. (Person) whom

die Frau, der ich es gegeben habe — the woman to whom 1 gave it; the woman 1 gave it to; (Sache) that/which

die Katze, der er einen Tritt gab — the cat [that] he kicked

* * *

der

A. best art

1. m; (nom sg) the;

der eine ist fleißig, der andere faul (the) one is hard-working, the other one is lazy;

der Tod death;

der Mensch (alle Menschen) man(kind), humankind;

der große Goethe the famous Goethe;

der arme Peter poor Peter;

der Peter, den ich kenne the Peter (who oder that) I know;

der Hyde Park Hyde Park

2. (gen sg von die) of the;

die Mauern der Stadt auch the city walls

3. (dat sg von die) to the;

den Schlüssel habe ich der Nachbarin gegeben I gave the key to the neighbo(u)r

4. (gen pl von der, die, das) of the;

die Ankunft der Kinder auch the children’s arrival

B. dem pr

1. m; (nom sg) that (one), this (one); (er) he, it;

der Mann hier this man;

der mit dem Bart the one with the beard;

nur der kann das verstehen, der … only he ( oder that man) who … can understand it;

der und baden gehen? you won’t catch him going swimming;

der und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! him? honest? Pull the other one! ( oder Give me a break!)

2. (dat sg von die)

zu der und der Zeit umg at such and such a time

C. rel pr

1. m; (nom sg) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that;

der Bezirk, der einen Teil von X bildet the district forming part of X;

der erste Stein, der geworfen wurde the first stone that was thrown;

er war der Erste, der es erfuhr he was the first to know;

jeder, der … anyone who …;

ich, der ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself

2. (dat sg von die) bei Personen: who(m), who … to, to whom form; bei Sachen: that, which;

die Freundin, der ich meine Sorgen erzählte the friend (whom) I told about my problems ( oder to whom I told my problems)

* * *
I 1.
bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

der Kleine — the little boy

der Tod — death

der April/Winter — April/winter

der ‘Faust’ — ‘Faust’

der Dieter — (ugs.) Dieter

der Kapitalismus/Islam — capitalism/Islam

der Bodensee/Mount Everest — Lake Constance/Mount Everest

der 1ran — 1ran
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) attr. that

der Mann war es — it was 'that man

2) allein stehend he

der war es — it was 'him

der und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] him work! (coll.)

der [da] — (Mann) that man; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

der [hier] — (Mann) this man; (Gegenstand, Tier) this one
3.
Relativpronomen (Mensch) who/that; (Sache) which/that

der Mann, der da drüben entlanggeht — the man walking along over there
4.
Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who
II 1.
bestimmter Artikel

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 1.

der Hut der Frau — the woman's hat

der Henkel der Tasse — the handle of the cup

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 1.: to the; (nach Präp.) the

in der Türkei — in Turkey

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.

das Haus der Freunde — our/their etc. friends' house

das Bellen der Hunde — the barking of the dogs
2.
Demonstrativpronomen

1) Gen. Sg. v. die I 2. 1): of the; of that

2) Dat. Sg. v. die I 2. attr

der Frau [da/hier] gehört es — it belongs to that woman there/this woman here; allein stehend

gib es der da! — (ugs.) give it to 'her

3) Gen. Pl. v. der I 2. 1), die I 2. 1), das 2. 1): of those
3.
Relativpronomen; Dat. Sg. v. die I 3. (Person) whom

die Frau, der ich es gegeben habe — the woman to whom 1 gave it; the woman 1 gave it to; (Sache) that/which

die Katze, der er einen Tritt gab — the cat [that] he kicked

* * *

(neueste) Stand der Technik m.

the state of the art n. art.m.

the art. pron.

which pron.

who pron.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > der
86 se

behold, do, see how the land lies, look, see, sight, visit, watch

* * *

vb (så, set)

( have synsevnen, få øje på, opfatte, indse) see ( fx he can't see; I saw him fall; have you seen the paper? we see from your letter that...; I don't see the fun of it; I am pleased to see you; see red);

( bruge synsevnen, se sig om, rette blikket, søge) look ( fx he could see it if he would only look; he looked and saw that I was right; I looked in at the window; look over there! look under the bed);

( om noget der foregår) watch ( fx a football match, the sun setting, television);

( prøve) see ( fx I'll see what I can do);

[se!] look! see!

[se, se!] indeed! really!

[ se ham!] look at him!

[ se selv!] look for yourself!

[ se side 50] see page 50;

[ se engang!] (just) look!

[ se nu at blive færdig!] hurry up!

T get a move on!

[ se så!]

(dvs det var ` det) there now!

( for at påkalde opmærksomhed) now then!

[ ser du]

( indledende) well, you see;

[ der kan du selv se, der ser du] there you are (el. see); there it is; I told you so;

[ vi får se] we shall see; that remains to be seen;

[ vi får se om] we shall see (el. it remains to be seen) whether;

[ nu har jeg set det med! nu har jeg aldrig set så galt!] well, I never!

[ lade sig se] appear, show oneself;

[ lad mig se] let me see,

(dvs vent et øjeblik) let me see; now;

[ ser man det!] indeed! really!

[ man så ham smile] he was seen to smile;

[ men se om han gør] but catch him doing it;

[ nej, vil du se] just look;

[ vil du se du kommer ud!] out you go!

(se også gerne, helst; seende, set);

[ kan det ses?] does it show?

[ vi ses ofte] we often meet;

[ de sås ofte sammen] they were often seen together;

[ vi ses!]

(dvs på gensyn) see you!

[ med præp og adv:]

[ jeg skal se ad]

(dvs hvad det er) I'll (go and) see;

(dvs hvad der kan gøres) I'll see what can be done;

[ heraf ser man] hence it appears;

[ se en mand an] size up a man;

[ se tiden an] wait and see, hold off;

[ se bort fra] leave out of account, ignore,

F discount ( fx the evidence of the police; that possibility may be discounted);

[` se efter]

( følge med øjnene, tage vare på) look after ( fx he stood looking after me; will you look after the children?),

( søge efter) look for ( fx I looked for him in all the rooms);

[se ` efter]

( med efterfølgende bisætning) see ( fx I'll see if she's at home);

( uden objekt eller bisætning) look;

( efterse) examine, look through,

( gøre i stand) mend,

( grundigt) overhaul;

[ se noget efter]

( i en bog) look something up;

[ han så efter i bogen] he consulted the book;

[ han så ikke regningen efter] he did not examine the account;

(se også II. søm);

[ se langt (dvs længselsfuldt) efter] look wistfully at;

[ jeg kan se det for mig] I can see it;

[ for mig at se] as far as I can see;

(se også hånd, øje);

[ se frem for sig] look straight in front of one;

[ se frem til]

(dvs glæde sig til) look forward to;

( neutralt) anticipate ( fx I anticipate it with some anxiety (, with pleasure));

[ se godt] have a good eyesight;

[ se hen til] = se frem til;

[ se en i ansigtet] look somebody in the face;

[ jeg gad vidst hvad hun ser i ham] I wonder what she sees in him;

[ se det i fjernsynet] see (el. watch) it on television;

[ se ham i fjernsynet] see him on television;

(se også øje);

[ se noget igennem] look through (el. over) something,

( revidere) revise something;

[ se ind til mig en dag] drop in (and see me) one day;

[ se det med andre øjne], se ndf: se på det med;

[ se ned på]

(også fig) look down on;

[ se op til]

(fig) look up to;

[ se over på lektien] look the lesson over;

[ se på] look at,

( flygtigt) glance at ( fx one's watch),

( grundigt) eye ( fx eye somebody jealously (, with suspicion)),

( som tilskuer) watch ( fx what they are doing);

(fig: opfatte, betragte) look on, regard,

F view ( som as),

( hænge sig i) mind, be particular about;

( uden objekt: være tilskuer) look on, watch ( fx he was merely looking on (el. watching));

[ jeg kunne se på hans ansigt at] I could see from (el. tell by) his face that;

[ se på det med] look on it with ( fx disapproval, mistrust);

[ se på det med andre øjne] see it in a different light;

[ se på det med deres øjne] look at it through their eyes;

(se også II. nærmere, stort);

[se ` til]

( være tilskuer) look on;

[` se til en]

( besøge) (go and) see somebody,

( passe) look after somebody;

[ se meget til en]

(dvs ofte se en) see much of somebody;

[ har du set noget til ham?] have you seen anything of him?

[ når man ser nærmere ` til] when you take a closer look; on closer inspection;

[ køn at se til] handsome to look at;

[ se til ` ham!] look at him!

[ se til højre (, venstre)!]

(mil.) eyes right (, left)!

[se ` til at]

(= sørg for at) see that, look to it that;

[se ` til om han gør det] catch him doing it; do you `think he will;

[ han er ikke til at se nogen steder] he is nowhere to be seen;

[ se tilbage] look back;

[ se tilbage på] look back on;

[se `ud]

( om udseende) look ( fx you look tired; he looked sad),

(dvs for mig at se) seem ( fx he seemed tired; he seems hardly

human),

(dvs så vidt man kan se) appear ( fx he appeared (to be) tired;

the stars appear small to us);

[` se ud] see out ( fx the window is so dirty that I can't see out); look out ( fx I didn't see him when I last looked out);

[ se godt ud], se godt;

[ hvor du ser ud!] what a sight you are!

[ hvordan ser han ud?] what does he look like?

( ved en bestemt lejlighed) how does he look?

[ det ser sådan ud!]

(= det synes at være tilfældet) it looks like it!

[ se ud ad vinduet] look out of the window;

[ det ser ikke ud af meget] it is not much to look at;

[ han kunne ikke se ud af øjnene] he could not see out of his eyes;

[ det ser ud som om] it looks (el. seems) as if,

(ofte mods i virkeligheden) it appears as if;

[ det ser ud til regn] it looks like rain;

[ det ser ud til at] it looks (el. seems) as if,

(ofte mods i virkeligheden) it appears that;

[ det ser du også ud til] you look it (too);

[ med sig:]

[ se sig for] look where one is going;

[ se sig i spejlet], se spejl;

[ se sig om (el. omkring)] look (a)round, have a look round;

(dvs se sig tilbage) look round;

( rejse omkring) travel around,

T get around;

[ inden man får set sig om] before you know where you are;

[ se sig om efter] look round (el. about el. around) for;

[ han har set sig om i verden] he has seen the world, he has travelled a great deal;

[ se sig om på et sted] take a look at a place, take a look round;

[ se sig gal (, mæt) på], se gal, mæt;

[ se sig tilbage] look back.

Danish-English dictionary > se
87 morboso

adj.

1 morbid, sickly.

2 sickly obsessed.

3 morbid, unwholesome.

4 shocking.

5 disease-related, pathological.

m.

1 sickly-obsessed person, person who is attracted by morbid situations or scenes, person who is unhealthily obsessed by gruesome or sexual scenes, sexually-obsessed person.

2 ghoul, macabre person.

* * *

morboso

► adjetivo

1 MEDICINA (enfermo) morbid

2 familiar (obsesión, placer) morbid; (persona) kinky

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ser un,-a morboso,-a familiar to be a pervert

placer morboso morbid pleasure

* * *

ADJ

1) (=malsano) [persona, mente] morbid; [espectáculo] gruesome

curiosidad morbosa — morbid curiosity

2) (=atractivo) sexually attractive

3) (=enfermo) morbid, sickly; [clima, zona] unhealthy

* * *
I
- sa adjetivo

a) <escena/película> gruesome; <persona/mente> ghoulish; (truculento, retorcido) morbid

b) (Med) morbid
II
- sa masculino, femenino (fam) ghoul

* * *

= unhealthy, gory [gorier -comp., goriest -sup.], lurid, morbid, juicy [juicier -comp., juiciest -sup.].

Ex. I would venture to guess that he would have characterized these suggestions as the eructation of unhealthy souls'.

Ex. Nowadays, the gory process of 'blood doping' in athlectics has been replaced by genetic engineering.

Ex. At the end of the day, there may be only a thin line that separates news from advertisements, as one travels from the lurid to the ridiculous.

Ex. His in danger of becoming hipped, a prey to his own doubts and fears, and unable to accomplish anything in life beyond catering to his own morbid fancies.

Ex. The book 'If Looks Could Kill' is a juicy, tell-all, insider's look at the true world of fashion.

* * *
I
- sa adjetivo

a) <escena/película> gruesome; <persona/mente> ghoulish; (truculento, retorcido) morbid

b) (Med) morbid
II
- sa masculino, femenino (fam) ghoul

* * *

= unhealthy, gory [gorier -comp., goriest -sup.], lurid, morbid, juicy [juicier -comp., juiciest -sup.].

Ex: I would venture to guess that he would have characterized these suggestions as the eructation of unhealthy souls'.

Ex: Nowadays, the gory process of 'blood doping' in athlectics has been replaced by genetic engineering.

Ex: At the end of the day, there may be only a thin line that separates news from advertisements, as one travels from the lurid to the ridiculous.

Ex: His in danger of becoming hipped, a prey to his own doubts and fears, and unable to accomplish anything in life beyond catering to his own morbid fancies.

Ex: The book 'If Looks Could Kill' is a juicy, tell-all, insider's look at the true world of fashion.

* * *

morboso¹ -sa

adjective

1 ‹escena/película› gruesome; ‹persona/mente› ghoulish; (truculento, retorcido) morbid

2 ( Med) morbid

morboso² -sa

masculine, feminine

( fam); ghoul

* * *

morboso
◊ -sa adjetivo ‹escena/película› gruesome;

‹persona/mente› ghoulish;
(truculento, retorcido) morbid
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino (fam) ghoul
morboso,-a adj (persona, interés, placer) morbid: sentí una curiosidad morbosa por saber los detalles de su ruptura, I was morbidly curious about the details of her breakup
' morboso' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
morbosa
English:
ghoulish
- morbid
- sick
- ghoul
- lurid

* * *

morboso, -a

♦ adj

1. [persona, interés] morbid, ghoulish;
[escena, descripción] gruesome
2. [de la enfermedad] morbid

♦ nm,f

ghoul

* * *

morboso

adj perverted

* * *

morboso, -sa adj

: morbid

♦ morbosidad nf

Spanish-English dictionary > morboso
88 Self

   1) The Self ( Personal Identity) Is But a Bundle or Collection of Perceptions

   There are some philosophers who imagine we are every moment intimately conscious of what we call our SELF; that we feel its existence and its continuance in existence; and are certain, beyond the evidence of a demonstration, both of its perfect identity and simplicity....

   For my part, when I enter most intimately into what I call myself, I always stumble on some particular perception or other, of heat or cold, light or shade, love or hatred, pain or pleasure. I never can catch myself at any time without a perception, and never can observe anything but the perception....

   [S]etting aside some metaphysicians... I may venture to affirm, of the rest of mankind, that they are nothing but a bundle or collection of different perceptions, which succeed each other with an inconceivable rapidity, and are in a perpetual ﬂux and movement. Our eyes cannot turn in their sockets without varying our perceptions. Our thought is still more variable than our sight; and all our other senses and faculties contribute to this change; nor is there any single power of the soul, which remains unalterably the same, perhaps for one moment. The mind is a kind of theatre, where several perceptions successively make their appearance, pass, re-pass, glide away, and mingle in an infinite variety of postures and situations. There is properly no simplicity in it at any one time, nor identity in different, whatever natural propensity we may have to imagine that simplicity and identity. The comparison of the theatre must not mislead us. [It is merely] the successive perceptions... that constitute the mind; nor have we the most distant notion of the place where the scenes are represented, or of the materials of which it is composed. (Hume, 1978, pp. 251-256)

   2) To Find Wherein Personal Identity Consists

   To find wherein personal identity consists, we must consider what person stands for; which, I think, is a thinking intelligent being that has reason and reﬂection and can consider itself as itself, the same thinking thing in different times and places; which it does only by that consciousness which is inseparable from thinking and, as it seems to me, essential for it-it being impossible for anyone to perceive without perceiving that he does perceive.

   When we see, hear, smell, taste, feel, meditate, or will anything, we know that we do so. Thus it is always as to our present sensations and perceptions; and by this everyone is to himself that which he calls self, not being considered in this case whether the same self be continued in the same or different substances. For since consciousness always accompanies thinking, and it is that which makes everyone to be what he calls self, and thereby distinguishes himself from all other thinking things, in this alone consists personal identity, i.e., the sameness of a rational being. And as far as this consciousness can be extended backwards to any past action or thought, so far reaches the identity of that person. It is the same self now it was then, and it is by the same self as this present one that now reﬂects on it, that action was done. (Locke, 1975, Bk. II, Chap. 27, Sec. 9-10)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Self
89 महा _mahā

1
महा A cow.

2

महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)

-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.

-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.

-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.

-2 a kind of rat.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.

-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.

-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.

-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.

-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.

-2 cooking utensils. (

-सी) a kitchen-maid. (

-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.

-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.

-अनुभाव a.

1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.

-2 virtuous, righteous, just.

(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.

-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.

-अन्तकः 1 death.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.

-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.

-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.

-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (

-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.

-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.

-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).

-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.

-अम्बुजम् a billion.

-अम्ल a. very sour. (

-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.

-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (

-र्घः) a kind of quail.

-अर्घ्य a.

1 valuable, precious.

-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.

-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.

-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-अर्थ a.

1 rich.

-2 great, noble, dignified.

-3 important, weighty.

-4 significant.

-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.

-अर्ह a.

1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.

-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (

-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.

-अवरोहः the fig-tree.

-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.

- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.

-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.

-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......

-असिः a large sword.

-असुरी N. of Durgā.

-अह्नः the afternoon.

-आकार a. extensive, large, great.

-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (

-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.

-आत्मन् a.

1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.

-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)

1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.

-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).

-आनकः a kind of large drum.

-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.

-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.

(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.

-आपगा a great river.

-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.

-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (

-म्भः) any great enterprize.

-आलयः 1 a temple in general.

-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.

-3 a great dwelling.

-4 a place of pilgrimage.

-5 the world of Brahman.

-6 the Supreme Spirit.

-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.

-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.

-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (

-या) N. of a particular deity.

- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.

(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.

-2 the ocean.

-आस्पद a.

1 occupying a great position.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.

-इच्छ a.

1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.

-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.

-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.

-2 a chief or leader in general.

-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.

-इभ्य a. very rich.

-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.

-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.

-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.

-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.

-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).

-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.

(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.

-2 a kind of bell-metal.

-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.

-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (

-लः) the Sārasa bird.

-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.

-2 the god of love.

-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.

(-हः) 1 perseverance.

-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.

-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.

-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.

- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.

(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.

-2 final beatitude.

-3 a lord, master.

-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.

-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.

-6 sour milk mixed with honey.

-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).

- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.

-(रम्) 1 a big belly.

-2 dropsy.

-उदार a.

1 very generous or magnanimous.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.

-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.

-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).

-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (

-तः) the palmyra tree.

-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.

-उपकारः a great obligation.

-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.

-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.

-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (

-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.

-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.

-उल्का 1 a great meteor.

-2 a great fire-brand.

-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.

-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.

-ऋषभः a great bull.

-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').

-2 N. of Sacute;iva.

-3 of Buddha.

-ओघ a. having a strong current.

-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.

-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (

-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.

-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.

-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (

-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).

-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).

-ओषधिः f.

1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.

-2 the Dūrvā grass.

-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....

-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.

-2 ginger.

-3 garlic.

-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).

-कच्छः 1 the sea.

-2 N. of Varuṇa.

-3 a mountain.

-कन्दः garlic.

-कपर्दः a kind of shell.

-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.

-2 red garlic.

-कम्बु a. stark naked. (

-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-कर a.

1 large-handed.

-2 having a large revenue.

-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.

-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.

-कला the night of the new moon.

-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.

-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.

-2 an epithet of Śukra.

-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).

-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (

-ता) the earth.

-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.

(-यः) 1 an elephant.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).

-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.

-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.

-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.

-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-4 N. of a kind of gourd.

-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.

-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.

-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).

-कीर्तनम् a house.

-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.

-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (

-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.

-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.

-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.

-केतुः N. of Śiva.

-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a large sheath.

-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.

-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.

-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.

-क्षीरः sugar-cane.

-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.

-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).

-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.

-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.

-गदः fever.

-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (

-न्धः) a kind of cane. (

-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (

-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.

-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.

-गल a. longnecked.

-गवः Bos gavaeus.

-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (

-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.

-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).

-गुल्मा the Soma plant.

-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.

-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.

-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.

-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.

-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.

-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.

-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).

-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (

-षम्) a market, fair. (

-षः) a loud noise, clamour.

-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.

-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.

-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-चपला a kind of metre.

-चमूः f. a large army.

-छायः the fig-tree.

-जङ्घः a camel.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.

-2 the matted hair of Śiva.

-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (

-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.

-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.

-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.

-4 the chief of a caste or trade.

-5 a merchant, tradesman.

-जवः an antelope.

-जातीय a.

1 rather large.

-2 of an excellent kind.

-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)

-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्ञानिन् m.

1 a very learned man.

-2 a great sage.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.

-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्वरः great affliction.

-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a sacrificial fire.

-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).

-तपस् m.

1 a great ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.

-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.

-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.

-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.

-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (

-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.

-तेजस् a.

1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.

-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)

1 a hero, warrior.

-2 fire.

-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.

-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.

-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.

-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-दण्डः 1 a long arm.

-2 a severe punishment.

-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.

-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.

-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.

-दारु n. the devadāru tree.

-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.

-दूषकः a kind of grain.

-देवः N. of Śiva.

(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.

-2 the chief queen.

-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.

-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.

-धन a.

1 rich.

-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.

(-नम्) 1 gold.

-2 incense.

-3 a costly or rich dress.

-4 agriculture, husbandry.

-5 anything costly or precious.

-6 great booty.

-7 a great battle (Ved.).

-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-धातुः 1 gold.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 lymph.

-4 N. of Meru.

-धी a. having a great understanding.

-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.

-ध्वजः a camel.

-ध्वनिक a. dead.

-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.

-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.

-नदः a great river.

-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.

-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.

-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 N. of a river.

-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....

-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.

-नलः a kind of reed.

-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.

-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥

-नाडी sinew, tendon.

-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.

-2 a great drum.

-3 a thunder-cloud.

-4 a shell.

-5 an elephant.

-6 a lion.

-7 the ear.

-8 a camel.

-9 an epithet of Śiva. (

-दम्) a musical instrument.

-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.

-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.

-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.

-2 a great head or chief.

-नासः an epithet of Śiva.

-निद्र a. fast asleep. (

-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.

-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.

-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).

-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-नीचः a washerman.

-नील a. dark-blue. (

-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.

-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.

-नेमिः a crow.

-न्यायः the chief rule.

-पक्ष a.

1 having many adherents.

-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.

(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-2 a kind of duck. (

-क्षी) an owl.

-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.

-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥

-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥

-पटः the skin.

-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.

-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.

-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.

-4 an epithet of Śiva.

-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.

-6 the way to heaven.

-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.

-पथिक a.

1 undertaking great journeys.

-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)

-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.

-2 N. of Nārada.

-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.

-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.

-5 an epithet of Nanda.

-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.

(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.

-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.

-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.

-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.

-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.

-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.

-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.

-2 any great sin or transgression.

-पात्रः a prime minister.

-पादः an epithet of Śiva.

-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.

-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.

-पुंसः a great man.

-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.

-2 the Supreme Spirit.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.

-पुष्पः a kind of worm.

-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.

-पृष्ठः a camel.

-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.

-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.

-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.

-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (

-भः) the light of a lamp.

-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.

-2 a king, sovereign.

-3 a chief.

-4 an epithet of Indra.

-5 of Śiva

-6 of Viṣṇu.

-7 a great saint or holy man.

-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.

-प्रश्नः a knotty question.

-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.

-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः

-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.

-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.

-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.

-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.

-3 a raven.

-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.

-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.

-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.

-फल a.

1 bearing much fruit.

-2 bringing much reward.

(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.

-2 a kind of spear.

(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.

-2 a testicle.

-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.

-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.

-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām

(-लः) 1 wind, storm.

-2 a Buddha.

-3 a solid bamboo.

-4 a palm.

-5 a crocodile.

-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (

-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.

-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.

-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (

-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.

-2 the heart.

-3 a water-jar, pitcher.

-4 a hole, cave.

-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.

-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.

-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.

-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).

-बुशः barley.

-बृहती a kind of metre.

-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.

-2 a Buddha.

-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.

-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.

-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.

-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.

-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.

-भाग a.

1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.

-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.

-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.

-2 great excel- lence or merit.

-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (

-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.

-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.

-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.

-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते

-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.

-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.

-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.

-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).

-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.

-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.

-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.

-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.

(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 a great creature.

-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.

-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.

-3 a serpent. (

-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.

-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-मति a.

1 high-minded.

-2 clever. (

-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.

-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.

-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (

-दः) an elephant in rut.

-मनस्, -मनस्क a.

1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.

-2 liberal.

-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.

-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.

-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.

-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.

-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.

-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.

-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.

-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).

-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.

-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.

-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).

-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.

-मात्र a.

1 great in measure, very great or large.

-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.

(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.

-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.

-3 a superintendent of elephants.

(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.

-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.

-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.

-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.

-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.

-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.

-मायूरम् a particular drug. (

-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.

-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.

-मालः N. of Śiva.

-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.

-मुखः a crocodile.

-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).

-मुनिः 1 a great sage.

-2 N. of Vyāsa.

-3 an epithet of Buddha.

-4 of Agastya.

-5 the coriander plant. (

-नि n.)

1 coriander seed.

-2 any medicinal herb or drug.

-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मूलम् a large radish. (

-लः) a kind of onion.

-मूल्य a. very costly. (

-ल्यः) a ruby.

-मृगः 1 any large animal.

-2 an elephant,

-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.

-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.

-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.

-मृधम् a great battle.

-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.

-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.

-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (

-हा) an epithet of Durgā.

-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.

-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.

-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.

-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).

-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.

-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.

-योगिन् m.

1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-3 a cock.

-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.

-रक्तम् coral.

-रङ्गः a large stage.

-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.

-2 the thorn-apple.

-रजनम् 1 safflower.

-2 gold.

-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.

-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.

-रथः 1 a great chariot.

-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).

-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.

-रवः a frog.

-रस a. very savoury.

(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.

-2 quicksilver.

-3 a precious mineral.

-4 the fruit of the date tree.

-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (

-सम्) sour ricewater.

-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.

-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.

-3 a deified Jaina teacher.

-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.

-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.

-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).

-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.

-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.

-2 N. of Durgā.

-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.

-रात्रिः, -त्री f.

1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.

-2 midnight.

-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.

-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.

-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (

-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.

-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.

-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.

-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.

-रुरुः a species of antelope.

-रूप a. mighty in form.

(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 resin.

-रूपकम् a kind of drama.

-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).

-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (

-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.

-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.

-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.

-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.

-लयः 1 a great world destruction.

-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).

-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (

-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.

-लोलः a crow.

-लोहम् a magnet.

-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).

-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.

-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.

-वरा Dūrvā grass.

-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.

-वर्तनम् high wages;

-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.

-2 a large creeping plant.

-वसः the porpoise.

-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.

-2 any continuous composition or literary work.

-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.

-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.

-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.

-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.

-वायुः 1 air (as an element).

-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.

-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.

-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.

-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.

-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥

-विपुला a kind of metre.

-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.

-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.

-विषः a serpent having two mouths.

-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).

-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.

-वीचिः N. of a hell.

-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.

-2 a lion.

-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.

-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-5 of Garuḍa.

-6 of Hanumat.

-7 a cuckoo.

-8 a white horse.

-9 a sacrificial fire.

-1 a sacrificial vessel.

-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.

-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.

(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.

-2 the Supreme Being. (

-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.

-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.

-वृषः a great bull.

-वेग a.

1 very swift or fleet.

(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.

-2 an ape.

-3 the bird Garuḍa.

-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).

-वेल a. billowy.

-व्याधिः f.

1 a great disease.

-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).

-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.

-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.

(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).

-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.

-व्रतिन् m.

1 a devotee, an ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Kārtikeya.

-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.

-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.

-2 the temporal bone, forehead.

-3 a human bone.

-4 a particular high number.

-5 one of Kubera's treasures.

-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.

-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.

-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.

-शालः a great householder.

-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.

-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.

-शासन a.

1 exercising great power.

-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.

(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.

-2 great order of government.

-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.

-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,

-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.

-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-शुभ्रम् silver.

-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)

1 a Sūdra in a high position.

-2 a cowherd.

-3 an upper servant. (

-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (

-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.

-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.

-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.

-2 the शरभ animal.

-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.

-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).

-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.

-2 a Jain monk.

-श्लक्ष्णा sand.

-श्वासः a kind of asthma.

-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-2 of Durgā.

-3 white sugar.

-संहिता great combi- nation.

-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.

-सती a very chaste woman.

-सत्ता absolute existence.

-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.

-सत्त्व a.

1 noble.

-2 very strong or powerful.

-3 just, righteous.

(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.

-2 N. of Sākyamuni.

-3 an epithet of Kubera.

-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.

-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.

-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.

-समुद्रः the great ocean.

-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).

-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.

-साधनभागः a great executive officer.

-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.

-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.

-सामन्तः a great vassal.

-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.

-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.

-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.

-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.

-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.

-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.

-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.

-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.

-2 copulation. (

-खः) a Buddha.

-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.

-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.

-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-सुभिक्षम् good times.

-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.

-सूक्ष्मा sand.

-सूतः a mili- tary drum.

-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.

-2 the commander of a large army. (

-ना) a great army.

-स्कन्धः a camel.

-स्थली the earth.

-स्थानम् a great position.

-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.

-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.

-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.

-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वनः a kind of drum.

-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-हविस् n. clarified butter.

-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.

-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.

-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.

-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā
90 animus

ănĭmus, i, m. [a Graeco-Italic form of anemos = wind (as ego, lego, of ego, lego); cf. Sanscr. an = to breathe, anas = breath, anilas = wind; Goth. uz-ana = exspiro; Erse, anal = breath; Germ. Unst = a storm (so, sometimes); but Curt. does not extend the connection to AФ, aêmi = to blow; a modification of animus—by making which the Romans took a step in advance of the Greeks, who used hê psuchê for both these ideas—is anima, which has the physical meaning of anemos, so that Cic. was theoretically right, but historically wrong, when he said, ipse animus ab anima dictus est, Tusc. 1, 9, 19; after the same analogy we have from psuchô = to breathe, blow, psuchê = breath, life, soul; from pneô = to breathe, pneuma = air, breath, life, in class. Greek, and = spirit, a spiritual being, in Hellenistic Greek; from spiro = to breathe, blow, spiritus = breath, breeze, energy, high spirit, and poet. and post-Aug. = soul, mind; the Engl. ghost = Germ. Geist may be comp. with Germ. giessen and cheô, to pour, and for this interchange of the ideas of gases and liquids, cf. Sol. 22: insula adspiratur freto Gallico, is flowed upon, washed, by the Gallic Strait; the Sanscr. atman = breath, soul, with which comp. aytmê = breath; Germ. Odem = breath, and Athem = breath, soul, with which group Curt. connects auô, aêmi; the Heb. = breath, life, soul; and = breath, wind, life, spirit, soul or mind].
I.
In a general sense, the rational soul in man (in opp. to the body, corpus, and to the physical life, anima), hê psuchê:
humanus animus decerptus ex mente divina,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
Corpus animum praegravat, Atque affixit humo divinae particulam aurae,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 77:
credo deos immortales sparsisse animos in corpora humana, ut essent qui terras tuerentur etc.,
Cic. Sen. 21, 77:
eas res tueor animi non corporis viribus,
id. ib. 11, 38; so id. Off. 1, 23, 79:
quae (res) vel infirmis corporibus animo tamen administratur,
id. Sen. 6, 15; id. Off. 1, 29, 102:
omnes animi cruciatus et corporis,
id. Cat. 4, 5, 10:
levantes Corpus et animum,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 141:
formam et figuram animi magis quam corporis complecti,
Tac. Agr. 46; id. H. 1, 22:
animi validus et corpore ingens,
id. A. 15, 53:
Aristides primus animum pinxit et sensus hominis expressit, quae vocantur Graece ethe, item perturbationes,
first painted the soul, put a soul into his figures, Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 98 (cf.:
animosa signa,
life-like statues, Prop. 4, 8, 9): si nihil esset in eo (animo), nisi id, ut per eum viveremus, i. e. were it mere anima, Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 56:
Singularis est quaedam natura atque vis animi, sejuncta ab his usitatis notisque naturis, i. e. the four material elements,
id. ib. 1, 27, 66: Neque nos corpora sumus. Cum igitur nosce te dicit, hoc dicit, nosce animum tuum, id. ib. 1, 22, 52:
In quo igitur loco est (animus)? Credo equidem in capite,
id. ib. 1, 29, 70:
corpora nostra, terreno principiorum genere confecta, ardore animi concalescunt,
derive their heat from the fiery nature of the soul, id. ib. 1, 18, 42:
Non valet tantum animus, ut se ipsum ipse videat: at, ut oculus, sic animus, se non videns alia cernit,
id. ib. 1, 27, 67: foramina illa ( the senses), quae patent ad animum a corpore, callidissimo artificio natura fabricata est, id. ib. 1, 20, 47: dum peregre est animus sine corpore velox, independently of the body, i. e. the mind roaming in thought, Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 13:
discessus animi a corpore,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 30, 72:
cum nihil erit praeter animum,
when there shall be nothing but the soul, when the soul shall be disembodied, id. ib. 1, 20, 47; so,
animus vacans corpore,
id. ib. 1, 22, 50; and:
animus sine corpore,
id. ib. 1, 22, 51:
sine mente animoque nequit residere per artus pars ulla animai,
Lucr. 3, 398 (for the pleonasm here, v. infra, II. A. 1.):
Reliquorum sententiae spem adferunt posse animos, cum e corporibus excesserint in caelum pervenire,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
permanere animos arbitramur consensu nationum omnium,
id. ib. 1, 16, 36:
Pherecydes primus dixit animos esse hominum sempiternos,
id. ib. 1, 16, 38:
Quod ni ita se haberet, ut animi immortales essent, haud etc.,
id. Sen. 23, 82: immortalitas animorum, id. ib. 21, 78; id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24; 1, 14, 30:
aeternitas animorum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 39; 1, 22, 50 (for the plur. animorum, in this phrase, cf. Cic. Sen. 23, 84); for the atheistic notions about the soul, v. Lucr. bk. iii.—
II.
In a more restricted sense, the mind as thinking, feeling, willing, the intellect, the sensibility, and the will, acc. to the almost universally received division of the mental powers since the time of Kant (Diog. Laert. 8, 30, says that Pythagoras divided hê psuchê into ho nous, hai phrenes, and ho thumos; and that man had ho nous and ho thumos in common with other animals, but he alone had hai phrenes. Here ho nous and ho thumos must denote the understanding and the sensibility, and hai phrenes, the reason. Plutarch de Placit. 4, 21, says that the Stoics called the supreme faculty of the mind (to hêgemonikon tês psuchês) ho logismos, reason. Cic. sometimes speaks of a twofold division; as, Est animus in partes tributus duas, quarum altera rationis est particeps, altera expers (i. e. to logistikon and to alogon of Plato; cf. Tert. Anim. 16), i. e. the reason or intellect and the sensibility, Tusc. 2, 21, 47; so id. Off. 1, 28, 101; 1, 36, 132; id. Tusc 4, 5, 10; and again of a threefold; as, Plato triplicem finxit animum, cujus principatum, id est rationem in capite sicut in arce posuit, et duas partes ( the two other parts) ei parere voluit, iram et cupiditatem, quas locis disclusit; iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia locavit, i. e. the reason or intellect, and the sensibility here resolved into desire and aversion, id. ib. 1, 10, 20; so id. Ac. 2, 39, 124. The will, hê boulêsis, voluntas, arbitrium, seems to have been sometimes merged in the sensibility, ho thumos, animus, animi, sensus, and sometimes identified with the intellect or reason, ho nous, ho logismos, mens, ratio).
A.
1.. The general power of perception and thought, the reason, intellect, mind (syn.: mens, ratio, ingenium), ho nous:
cogito cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; so Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 55:
cum animis vestris cogitare,
Cic. Agr. 2, 24:
recordari cum animo,
id. Clu. 25, 70;
and without cum: animo meditari,
Nep. Ages. 4, 1; cf. id. Ham. 4, 2:
cogitare volvereque animo,
Suet. Vesp. 5:
animo cogitare,
Vulg. Eccli. 37, 9:
statuere apud animum,
Liv. 34, 2:
proposui in animo meo,
Vulg. Eccli. 1, 12:
nisi me animus fallit, hi sunt, etc.,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 23:
in dubio est animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; id. ib. prol. 1; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 29:
animum ad se ipsum advocamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:
lumen animi, ingenii consiliique tui,
id. Rep. 6, 12 al. —
For the sake of rhet. fulness, animus often has a synonym joined with it: Mens et animus et consilium et sententia civitatis posita est in legibus,
Cic. Clu. 146:
magnam cui mentem animumque Delius inspirat vates,
Verg. A. 6, 11:
complecti animo et cogitatione,
Cic. Off. 1, 32, 117; id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
animis et cogitatione comprehendere,
id. Fl. 27, 66:
cum omnia ratione animoque lustraris,
id. Off. 1, 17, 56:
animorum ingeniorumque naturale quoddam quasi pabulum consideratio naturae,
id. Ac. 2, 41, 127.—Hence the expressions: agitatio animi, attentio, contentio; animi adversio; applicatio animi; judicium, opinio animorum, etc. (v. these vv.); and animum advertere, adjungere, adplicare, adpellere, inducere, etc. (v. these vv.).—
2.
Of particular faculties of mind, the memory:
etiam nunc mihi Scripta illa dicta sunt in animo Chrysidis,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 46:
An imprimi, quasi ceram, animum putamus etc. (an idea of Aristotle's),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 25, 61:
ex animo effluere,
id. de Or. 2, 74, 300: omnia fert aetas, animum quoque;
... Nunc oblita mihi tot carmina,
Verg. E. 9, 51.—
3.
Consciousness (physically considered) or the vital power, on which consciousness depends ( = conscientia, q. v. II. A., or anima, q. v. II. E.):
vae miserae mihi. Animo malest: aquam velim,
I'm fainting, my wits are going, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 6; id. Curc. 2, 3, 33:
reliquit animus Sextium gravibus acceptis vulneribus,
Caes. B. G. 6, 38:
Una eademque via sanguis animusque sequuntur,
Verg. A. 10, 487:
animusque reliquit euntem,
Ov. M. 10, 459:
nisi si timor abstulit omnem Sensum animumque,
id. ib. 14, 177:
linqui deinde animo et submitti genu coepit,
Curt. 4, 6, 20: repente animo linqui solebat, Suet. Caes. 45:
ad recreandos defectos animo puleio,
Plin. 20, 14, 54, § 152.—
4.
The conscience, in mal. part. (v. conscientia, II. B. 2. b.):
cum conscius ipse animus se remordet,
Lucr. 4, 1135:
quos conscius animus exagitabat,
Sall. C. 14, 3:
suae malae cogitationes conscientiaeque animi terrent,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 67.—
5.
In Plaut. very freq., and once also in Cic., meton. for judicium, sententia, opinion, judgment; mostly meo quidem animo or meo animo, according to my mind, in my opinion, Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 17:
e meo quidem animo aliquanto facias rectius, si, etc.,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 3:
meo quidem animo, hic tibi hodie evenit bonus,
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 69; so id. Aul. 3, 5, 4; id. Curc. 4, 2, 28; id. Bacch. 3, 2, 10; id. Ep. 1, 2, 8; id. Poen. 1, 2, 23; id. Rud. 4, 4, 94; Cic. Sest. 22:
edepol lenones meo animo novisti,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 19:
nisi, ut meus est animus, fieri non posse arbitror,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 5 (cf.:
EX MEI ANIMI SENTENTIA,
Inscr. Orell. 3665:
ex animi tui sententia,
Cic. Off. 3, 29, 108).—
6.
The imagination, the fancy (for which Cic. often uses cogitatio, as Ac. 2, 15, 48):
cerno animo sepultam patriam, miseros atque insepultos acervos civium,
Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 11:
fingere animo jubebat aliquem etc.,
id. Sen. 12, 41: Fingite animis;
litterae enim sunt cogitationes nostrae, et quae volunt, sic intuentur, ut ea cernimus, quae videmus,
id. Mil. 29, 79:
Nihil animo videre poterant,
id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38.—
B.
The power of feeling, the sensibility, the heart, the feelings, affections, inclinations, disposition, passions (either honorable or base; syn.: sensus, adfectus, pectus, cor), ho thumos.
1.
a.. In gen., heart, soul, spirit, feeling, inclination, affection, passion: Medea, animo aegra, amore saevo saucia, Enn. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 22 (cf. Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 36:
animo hercle homo suo est miser): tu si animum vicisti potius quam animus te, est quod gaudeas, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 27 -29:
harum scelera et lacrumae confictae dolis Redducunt animum aegrotum ad misericordiam,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 27:
Quo gemitu conversi animi (sunt),
Verg. A. 2, 73:
Hoc fletu concussi animi,
id. ib. 9, 498;
4, 310: animum offendere,
Cic. Lig. 4; id. Deiot. 33; so Vulg. Gen. 26, 35.—Mens and animus are often conjoined and contrasted, mind and heart (cf. the Homeric kata phrena kai kata thumon, in mind and heart): mentem atque animum delectat suum, entertains his mind and delights his heart, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10:
Satin tu sanus mentis aut animi tui?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 53:
mala mens, malus animus,
bad mind, bad heart, Ter. And. 1, 1, 137:
animum et mentem meam ipsa cogitatione hominum excellentium conformabam,
Cic. Arch. 6, 14:
Nec vero corpori soli subveniendum est, sed menti atque animo multo magis,
id. Sen. 11, 36:
ut omnium mentes animosque perturbaret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 1, 21:
Istuc mens animusque fert,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 8:
Stare Socrates dicitur tamquam quodam recessu mentis atque animi facto a corpore,
Gell. 2, 1; 15, 2, 7.—
And very rarely with this order inverted: Jam vero animum ipsum mentemque hominis, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 147:
mente animoque nobiscum agunt,
Tac. G. 29:
quem nobis animum, quas mentes imprecentur,
id. H. 1, 84;
and sometimes pleon. without such distinction: in primis regina quietum Accipit in Teucros animum mentemque benignam,
a quiet mind and kindly heart, Verg. A. 1, 304; so,
pravitas animi atque ingenii,
Vell. 2, 112, 7 (for mens et animus, etc., in the sense of thought, used as a pleonasm, v. supra, II. A. 1.):
Verum animus ubi semel se cupiditate devinxit mala, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 34:
animus perturbatus et incitatus nec cohibere se potest, nec quo loco vult insistere,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 18, 41:
animum comprimit,
id. ib. 2, 22, 53:
animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
id. ib. 4, 37, 81; id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1:
sed quid ego hic animo lamentor,
Enn. Ann. 6, 40:
tremere animo,
Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4:
ingentes animo concipit iras,
Ov. M. 1, 166:
exsultare animo,
id. ib. 6, 514.—So often ex animo, from the heart, from the bottom of one's heart, deeply, truly, sincerely:
Paulum interesse censes ex animo omnia facias an de industria?
from your heart or with some design, Ter. And. 4, 4, 55; id. Ad. 1, 1, 47:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 6: verbum [p. 124] ex animo dicere, id. Eun. 1, 2, 95:
sive ex animo id fit sive simulate,
Cic. N. D. 2, 67, 168:
majore studio magisve ex animo petere non possum,
id. Fam. 11, 22:
ex animo vereque diligi,
id. ib. 9, 6, 2:
ex animo dolere,
Hor. A. P. 432:
quae (gentes) dederunt terram meam sibi cum gaudio et toto corde et ex animo,
Vulg. Ezech. 36, 5; ib. Eph. 6, 6; ib. 1 Pet. 5, 3.—And with gen.
(α).
With verbs:
Quid illam miseram animi excrucias?
Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 76; 4, 6, 65:
Antipho me excruciat animi,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:
discrucior animi,
id. Ad. 4, 4, 1:
in spe pendebit animi,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 5: juvenemque animi miserata repressit, pitying him in her heart, thumôi phileousa te kêdomenê te (Hom. Il. 1, 196), Verg. A. 10, 686.—
(β).
With adjj.:
aeger animi,
Liv. 1, 58; 2, 36; 6, 10; Curt. 4, 3, 11; Tac. H. 3, 58:
infelix animi,
Verg. A. 4, 529:
felix animi,
Juv. 14, 159:
victus animi,
Verg. G. 4, 491:
ferox animi,
Tac. A. 1, 32:
promptus animi,
id. H. 2, 23:
praestans animi,
Verg. A. 12, 19:
ingens animi,
Tac. A. 1, 69 (for this gen. v. Ramsh. Gr. p. 323; Key, § 935; Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. v. 105; Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 443).—
b.
Meton., disposition, character (so, often ingenium): nimis paene animo es Molli, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 49:
animo audaci proripit sese,
Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 109 Rib.:
petulans protervo, iracundo animo,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 3, 1; id. Truc. 4, 3, 1:
ubi te vidi animo esse omisso (omisso = neglegenti, Don.),
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9; Cic. Fam. 2. 17 fin.:
promptus animus vester,
Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2: animis estis simplicibus et mansuetis nimium creditis unicuique, Auct. ad Her. 4, 37:
eorum animi molles et aetate fluxi dolis haud difficulter capiebantur,
Sall. C. 14, 5:
Hecabe, Non oblita animorum, annorum oblita suorum,
Ov. M. 13, 550:
Nihil est tam angusti animi tamque parvi, quam amare divitias,
Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68:
sordidus atque animi parvi,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 10; Vell. 2, 25, 3:
Drusus animi fluxioris erat,
Suet. Tib. 52.—
2.
In particular, some one specific emotion, inclination, or passion (honorable or base; in this signif., in the poets and prose writers, very freq. in the plur.). —
a.
Courage, spirit:
ibi nostris animus additus est,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 94; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 31; id. And. 2, 1, 33:
deficiens animo maesto cum corde jacebat,
Lucr. 6, 1232:
virtute atque animo resistere,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 8:
fac animo magno fortique sis,
id. ib. 6, 14 fin.:
Cassio animus accessit, et Parthis timor injectus est,
id. Att. 5, 20, 3:
nostris animus augetur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 70:
mihi in dies magis animus accenditur,
Sall. C. 20, 6; Cic. Att. 5, 18; Liv. 8, 19; 44, 29:
Nunc demum redit animus,
Tac. Agr. 3:
bellica Pallas adest, Datque animos,
Ov. M. 5, 47:
pares annis animisque,
id. ib. 7, 558:
cecidere illis animique manusque,
id. ib. 7, 347 (cf.:
tela viris animusque cadunt,
id. F. 3, 225) et saep.—Hence, bono animo esse or uti, to be of good courage, Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5: Am. Bono animo es. So. Scin quam bono animo sim? Plaut. Am. 22, 39:
In re mala animo si bono utare, adjuvat,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 9:
bono animo fac sis,
Ter. Ad. 3, 5, 1:
quin tu animo bono es,
id. ib. 4, 2, 4:
quare bono animo es,
Cic. Att. 5, 18; so Vulg. 2 Macc. 11, 26; ib. Act. 18, 25;
so also, satis animi,
sufficient courage, Ov. M. 3, 559.—Also for hope:
magnus mihi animus est, hodiernum diem initium libertatis fore,
Tac. Agr, 30.— Trop., of the violent, stormy motion of the winds of AEolus:
Aeolus mollitque animos et temperat iras,
Verg. A. 1, 57.—Of a top:
dant animos plagae,
give it new force, quicker motion, Verg. A. 7, 383.—
Of spirit in discourse: in Asinio Pollione et consilii et animi satis,
Quint. 10, 1, 113. —
b.
Haughtiness, arrogance, pride: quae civitas est in Asia, quae unius tribuni militum animos ac spiritus capere possit? can bear the arrogance and pride, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 66:
jam insolentiam noratis hominis: noratis animos ejus ac spiritus tribunicios,
id. Clu. 39, 109; so id. Caecin. 11 al.; Ov. Tr. 5, 8, 3 (cf.:
quia paululum vobis accessit pecuniae, Sublati animi sunt,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 56).—
c.
Violent passion, vehemence, wrath:
animum vincere, iracundiam cohibere, etc.,
Cic. Marcell. 3:
animum rege, qui nisi paret Imperat,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 62:
qui dominatur animo suo,
Vulg. Prov. 16, 32.—So often in plur.; cf hoi thumoi: ego meos animos violentos meamque iram ex pectore jam promam, Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 43:
vince animos iramque tuam,
Ov. H. 3, 85; id. M. 8, 583; Prop. 1, 5, 12:
Parce tuis animis, vita, nocere tibi,
id. 2, 5, 18:
Sic longius aevum Destruit ingentes animos,
Luc. 8, 28:
coeunt sine more, sine arte, Tantum animis iraque,
Stat. Th. 11, 525 al. —
d.
Moderation, patience, calmness, contentedness, in the phrase aequus animus, an even mind:
si est animus aequos tibi,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 10; id. Rud. 2, 3, 71; Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 145; and often in the abl., aequo animo, with even mind, patiently, etc.:
aequo animo ferre,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 23; Cic. Tusc. 1, 39, 93; id. Sen. 23, 84; Nep. Dion. 6, 4; Liv. 5, 39:
aequo animo esse,
Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7; ib. Judith, 7, 23: Aequo animo est? of merry heart (Gr. euthumei), ib. Jac. 5, 13:
animis aequis remittere,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
aequiore animo successorem opperiri,
Suet. Tib. 25:
haud aequioribus animis audire,
Liv. 23, 22: sapientissimus quisque aequissimo animo moritur; stultissimus iniquissimo. Cic. Sen. 23, 83; so id. Tusc. 1, 45, 109; Sall. C. 3, 2; Suet. Aug. 56:
iniquo animo,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 150 Rib.; Cic. Tusc. 2, 2, 5; Quint. 11, 1, 66.—
e.
Agreeable feeling, pleasure, delight:
cubat amans animo obsequens,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 134:
indulgent animis, et nulla quid utile cura est,
Ov. M. 7, 566; so, esp. freq.: animi causa (in Plaut. once animi gratia), for the sake of amusement, diversion (cf.:
haec (animalia) alunt animi voluptatisque causa,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12):
Post animi causa mihi navem faciam,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 27; so id. Trin. 2, 2, 53; id. Ep. 1, 1, 43:
liberare fidicinam animi gratia,
id. ib. 2, 2, 90:
qui illud animi causa fecerit, hunc praedae causa quid facturum putabis?
Cic. Phil. 7, 6:
habet animi causa rus amoenum et suburbanum,
id. Rosc. Am. 46 Matth.; cf. id. ib. § 134, and Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 17, 56; Cic. Fam. 7, 2:
Romanos in illis munitionibus animine causa cotidie exerceri putatis?
Caes. B. G. 7, 77; Plin. praef. 17 Sill.—
f.
Disposition toward any one:
hoc animo in nos esse debebis, ut etc.,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1 fin.:
meus animus erit in te semper, quem tu esse vis,
id. ib. 5, 18 fin.:
qui, quo animo inter nos simus, ignorant,
id. ib. 3, 6; so id. ib. 4, 15;
5, 2: In quo in primis quo quisque animo, studio, benevolentia fecerit, ponderandum est,
id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod (Allobroges) nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,
to be well disposed, Caes. B. G. 1, 6 fin. —In the pregn. signif. of kind, friendly feeling, affection, kindness, liberality:
animum fidemque praetorianorum erga se expertus est,
Suet. Oth. 8:
Nec non aurumque animusque Latino est,
Verg. A. 12, 23.—Hence, meton., of a person who is loved, my heart, my soul:
salve, anime mi,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 3:
da, meus ocellus, mea rosa, mi anime, da, mea voluptas,
id. As. 3, 3, 74; so id. ib. 5, 2, 90; id. Curc. 1, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 48; id. Most. 1, 4, 23; id. Men. 1, 3, 1; id. Mil. 4, 8, 20; id. Rud. 4, 8, 1; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 15 et saep. —
C.
The power of willing, the will, inclination, desire, purpose, design, intention (syn.: voluntas, arbitrium, mens, consilium, propositum), hê boulêsis:
qui rem publicam animo certo adjuverit,
Att. Trag Rel. p. 182 Rib.:
pro inperio tuo meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 23:
Ex animique voluntate id procedere primum,
goes forth at first from the inclination of the soul, Lucr. 2, 270; so,
pro animi mei voluntate,
Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 8 (v. Manut. ad h.l.):
teneo, quid animi vostri super hac re siet,
Plaut. Am. prol. 58; 1, 1, 187:
Nam si semel tuom animum ille intellexerit, Prius proditurum te etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 69:
Prius quam tuom ut sese habeat animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
id. And. 2, 3, 4:
Sin aliter animus voster est, ego etc.,
id. Ad. 3, 4, 46:
Quid mi istaec narras? an quia non audisti, de hac re animus meus ut sit?
id. Hec. 5, 2, 19:
qui ab auro gazaque regia manus, oculos, animum cohibere possit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 66:
istum exheredare in animo habebat,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52: nobis crat in animo Ciceronem ad Caesarem mittere, we had it in mind to send, etc., id. Fam. 14, 11; Serv. ad Cic. ib. 4, 12:
hostes in foro constiterunt, hoc animo, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
insurrexerunt uno animo in Paulum,
with one mind, Vulg. Act. 18, 12; 19, 29: persequi Jugurtham animus ardebat, Sall. J. 39, 5 Gerlach (others, animo, as Dietsch); so id. de Rep. Ord. 1, 8: in nova fert an mus mutatas dicere formas, my mind inclines to tell of, etc., Ov. M. 1, 1.—Hence, est animus alicui, with inf., to have a mind for something, to aim at, etc.:
omnibus unum Opprimere est animus,
Ov. M. 5, 150:
Sacra Jovi Stygio perficere est animus,
Verg. A. 4, 639:
Fuerat animus conjuratis corpus occisi in Tiberim trahere,
Suet. Caes. 82 fin.; id. Oth. 6; cf. id. Calig. 56.—So, aliquid alicui in animo est, with inf., Tac. G. 3.—So, inducere in animum or animum, to resolve upon doing something; v. induco.—
D.
Trop., of the principle of life and activity in irrational objects, as in Engl. the word mind is used.
1.
Of brutes:
in bestiis, quarum animi sunt rationis expertes,
whose minds, Cic. Tusc. 1, 33, 80:
Sunt bestiae, in quibus etiam animorum aliqua ex parte motus quosdam videmus,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:
ut non inscite illud dictum videatur in sue, animum illi pecudi datum pro sale, ne putisceret,
id. ib. 5, 13, 38, ubi v. Madv.:
(apes Ingentes animos angusto in pectore versant,
Verg. G. 4, 83:
Illiusque animos, qui multos perdidit unus, Sumite serpentis,
Ov. M. 3, 544:
cum pecudes pro regionis caelique statu et habitum corporis et ingenium animi et pili colorem gerant,
Col. 6, 1, 1:
Umbria (boves progenerat) vastos nec minus probabiles animis quam corporibus,
id. 6, 1, 2 si equum ipsum nudum et solum corpus ejus et animum contemplamur, App. de Deo Socr. 23 (so sometimes mens:
iniquae mentis asellus,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 20).—
2.
Of plants:
haec quoque Exuerint silvestrem animum, i. e. naturam, ingenium,
their wild nature, Verg. G. 2, 51.—
III.
Transf. Of God or the gods, as we say, the Divine Mind, the Mind of God:
certe et deum ipsum et divinum animum corpore liberatum cogitatione complecti possumus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 22, 51 (so mens, of God, id. ib. 1, 22, 66; id. Ac. 2, 41, 126):
Tantaene animis caelestibus irae?
Verg. A. 1, 11.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animus
91 licet

lĭcet, cŭit and cĭtum est, 2 (old form, licessit for licuerit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 13; imp. liceto, Lex ap. Inscr. Grut. 202, 508 al.), v. n. and impers. [root lic-; Gr. lip-; v. 1. liceo], it is lawful, it is allowed or permitted; one may or can, one is at liberty to do so and so; constr. with neutr. of the demonstr. or rel. pron., with inf. or a subject-clause, with or without a dat., or dat. and inf., with ut or (more freq.) with the simple subj., or entirely absol.
(α).
With neutr. of the demonstr. or rel. pron. as a subject, with or without a dat.:
licere id dicimus, quod legibus, quod more majorum institutisque conceditur. Neque enim quod quisque potest, id ei licet,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
cui facile persuasi, mihi id, quod rogaret, ne licere quidem, non modo non lubere,
id. Att. 14, 19, 4:
quid deceat vos, non quantum liceat vobis, spectare debetis,
id. Rab. Post. 5, 11; cf.:
si hominibus tantum licere judicas, quantum possunt: vide, ne, etc.,
id. Phil. 13, 7, 15:
si illud non licet, Saltem hoc licebit,
Ter. Eun. 4, 2, 12: neque idem ubique aut licet aut decorum est, Quint. 5, 10, 40:
quod in foro non expedit, illic nec liceat,
id. 9, 2, 67:
sin et poterit Naevius id quod lubet et ei lubebit, quod non licet, quid agendum est?
Cic. Quint. 30, 94:
nihil, quod per leges liceret,
id. Mil. 16, 43:
cui tantum de te licuit?
Verg. A. 6, 502; Anthol. Lat. 1, 172, 150:
cui tantum fata licere In generum voluere tuum,
Luc. 9, 1025; cf.:
tantumque licere horruit,
Sil. 14, 670.—Rarely in plur.:
cum in servum omnia liceant, est, etc.,
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2.—
(β).
With inf. or a subject-clause, with or without a dat.: neque terram inicere, neque cruenta Convestire corpora mihi licuit, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Trag. v. 168 Vahl.):
licet nemini contra patriam ducere exercitum,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
ut tibi id facere liceat,
id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:
M. Catoni licuit Tusculi se in otio delectare,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
sceleris crimine liceat Cn. Pompeio mortuo, liceat multis aliis carere,
id. Lig. 6, 18; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 3; Cic. Att. 2, 1, 5:
quaerere, qui licuerit aedificare navem senatori,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 18, § 45:
meamet facta mihi dicere licet,
Sall. J. 85, 24.—Without a dat.:
introire in aedes numquam licitum est,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 70:
impune optare istuc licet,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 14:
modo liceat vivere,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 28:
licetne scire ex te?
id. Hec. 5, 4, 33:
hic subitam rerum commutationem videre licuit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27, 1; 3, 96, 4:
si facere omnino non licebit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
licet ora ipsa cernere iratorum,
id. Off. 1, 29, 102; cf. id. Div. 1, 41, 91:
licet hoc videre,
id. de Or. 3, 25, 99; id. Div. 1, 7, 13; id. Inv. 1, 15, 21; 2, 23, 71; 2, 9, 29:
veretur ne non liceat tenere hereditatem,
id. Att. 13, 48, 1:
licetne extra ordinem in provocantem hostem pugnare?
Liv. 23, 47, 1:
poscere ut perculsis instare liceat,
id. 2, 65, 2. —With inf. pass. (cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 660 sq.):
intellegi jam licet, nullum fore imperium,
Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:
idque e pontificio jure intellegi licet,
id. Tusc. 1, 12, 27; cf.:
his cognosci licuit, quantum, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 28; Cic. Off. 1, 7, 20:
evocari ex insula Cyprios non licet,
id. Att. 5, 21, 6:
in senatu dici nihil liceat,
id. ib. 3, 12, 1:
coöptari sacerdotem licebat,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 9:
in eum ordinem coöptari licet,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 49, § 120:
id primum in poëtis cerni licet,
id. de Or. 3, 7, 27; id. Ac. 1, 4, 17.—The noun of the subject-clause is regularly in the acc.:
licet me id scire quid sit?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 14:
non licet hominem esse, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 53:
si licet me latere,
id. ib. 4, 2, 5:
hocine me miserum non licere meo modo ingenium frui!
id. ib. 2, 4, 21; cf.:
eodem ut jure uti senem Liceat, id. Hec. prol. alt. 3: non licet me isto tanto bono uti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154:
cum non liceret Romae quemquam esse, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 2, 41, §
100: ex eis locis, in quibus te habere nihil licet,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §
45: quare licet etiam mortalem esse animum judicantem aeterna moliri,
id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:
cur his per te frui libertate sua, cur denique esse liberos non licet?
id. Fl. 29, 71 B. and K. (al. liberis; v. infra).—So with esse:
liceat esse miseros,
Cic. Lig. 6, 18; cf.:
medios esse jam non licebit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 4; id. Tusc. 5, 15, 44; 1, 38, 91 Klotz N. cr.; also with fieri:
ut eum liceat ante tempus consulem fieri,
Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:
ut jam liceat una comprehensione omnia complecti non dubitantemque dicere, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 26:
haec praescripta servantem licet magnifice vivere,
id. Off. 1, 26, 92:
licet tamen opera prodesse multis, beneficia petentem, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 19, 67.—So with acc. with a subject-inf., esse or fieri, even when licet is accompanied by the dat.:
si civi Romano licet esse Gaditanum,
Cic. Balb. 12, 29:
potest incidere quaestio, An huic esse procuratorem liceat?
Quint. 7, 1, 19:
procuratorem tibi esse non licuit,
id. 4, 4, 6 Zumpt N. cr.:
mihi non licet esse piam,
Ov. H. 14, 64: is erat annus, quo per leges ei consulem fieri liceret Caes. B. C. 3, 1 Oud. N. cr. —But more freq., in this case, there is an attraction of the predicate-noun to the dative dependent on licet.—Hence,
(γ).
Licet alicui with inf., esp. with esse:
per hanc tibi cenam incenato esse hodie licet,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 31:
per hanc curam quieto tibi licet esse,
id. Ep. 3, 2, 2:
licuit esse otioso Themistocli,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 33; cf.:
ut tibi abesse liceat, et esse otioso,
id. Att. 9, 2, A, 1: quare [p. 1063] judici mihi non esse liceat, id. Rab. Post. 7, 17:
ut iis ingratis esse non liceat,
id. Off. 2, 18, 63:
quo in genere mihi neglegenti esse non licet,
id. Att. 1, 17, 6:
cur iis per te frui libertate sua, cur denique esse liberis non licet?
id. Fl. 29, 71 (B. and K. liberos; v. supra):
quibus otiosis ne in communi quidem otio liceat esse,
id. Cael. 1, 1:
quibus licet jam esse fortunatissimis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 8:
illis timidis et ignavis licet esse,
Liv. 21, 44, 3.—With other verbs than esse:
ut sibi per te liceat innocenti vitam in egestate degere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144:
cum postulasset... ut sibi triumphanti urbem invehi liceret,
Liv. 38, 44 fin. —
Very rarely, in this construction, the dative with licet is wanting, and is to be supplied from the connection: atqui licet esse beatis (sc. iis),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 19:
licet eminus esse Fortibus,
Ov. M. 8, 405:
Hannibal precatur deos ut incolumi cedere atque abire liceat,
Liv. 26, 41, 16:
sibi vitam filiae suā cariorem fuisse, si liberae ac pudicae vivere licitum fuisset,
id. 3, 50, 6. Cf. on this and the preced. construction, Krüger, Untersuchungen, vol. iii. p. 359 sq.; Ruddim. 2, p. 15; Zumpt, Gram. § 601; Madv. Gram. § 393, c. and obs. 1.—
(δ).
With ut, and more freq. with the simple subj.:
neque jam mihi licet neque est integrum, ut, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 4, 8:
facto nunc laedat licet,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
mea quidem causa salvos sis licet,
id. Rud. 1, 2, 51:
ludas licet,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 33:
fremant omnes licet,
Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 195:
sed omnia licet concurrant,
id. Att. 14, 4, 2:
ex qua licet pauca degustes,
id. ib. 1, 16, 8:
vel ipsi hoc dicas licet,
id. ib. 5, 1, 4:
quamvis licet insectemur istos, metuo ne soli philosophi sint,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53; cf. id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. N. D. 3, 36, 88:
sequatur Hermagoram licebit,
id. Inv. 1, 51, 97; id. Rosc. Am. 17, 49:
sis pecore et multa dives tellure licebit,
Hor. Epod. 15, 19:
detrahat auctori multum fortuna licebit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 3; Verg. A. 6, 400. Cf. also under II. a.—
(ε).
As a v. impers. absol., with or without dat.:
immo, aliis si licet, tibi non licet,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 15, 49:
cum licitum est ei,
id. And. 2, 6, 12:
nec crederem mihi impunius Licere,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 50:
quod profecto faciam, si mihi per ejusdem amicitiam licebit,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 3: Ph. Sed quaeso, hominem ut jubeas arcessi. He. Licet, that may be or may be done, I have no objection, Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 29:
si per vos licet,
id. As. prol. 12:
id quod postea, si per vos, judices, licitum erit, aperietur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 127:
dum per aetatem licet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 28:
fruare, dum licet,
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 104; cf.:
dum licet, loquimini mecum,
id. Phorm. 3, 3, 16:
sic ut quimus, aiunt, quando, ut volumus, non licet,
id. And. 4, 5, 10:
ut id, quoad posset, quod fas esset, quoad liceret, populi ad partes daret,
Cic. Agr. 2, 7, 19.
II.
Transf. When licet introduces a subordinate proposition, which makes a concession, without abandoning the main proposition, it is used as a conjunction corresponding to quamvis, quamquam, etsi. In late Latin it is, like these, connected with the indicative, and in the class. per. it is not unfreq. opposed to tamen and certe in the main proposition; even if, although, notwithstanding.
A.
With subj. (class.):
quoniam quidem semel suscepi, licet hercules undique omnes mihi minae et terrores periculaque impendeant omnia, succurram atque subibo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 31:
improbitas, licet adversario molesta sit, judici invisa est,
Quint. 6, 4, 15: in comoedia maxime claudamus: licet Varro Musas Plautino dicat sermone locuturas fuisse, si Latine loqui vellent;
licet, etc.,
id. 10, 1, 99:
vita brevis est, licet supra mille annos exeat,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 6:
licet ingens janitor... exsanguis terreat umbras,
Verg. A. 6, 400. —With part. for subj.:
isque, licet caeli regione remotos, mente deos adiit,
Ov. M. 15, 62.—With a corresp. tamen:
licet laudem Fortunam, tamen, ut ne Salutem culpem,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 28:
licet saepius tibi hujus generis litteras mittam... sed tamen, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 27, 1:
licet tibi significarim, ut ad me venires, tamen, etc.,
id. Att. 3, 12, 3; Quint. 2, 2, 8; 8, 3, 69:
licet ergo non sint confirmati testamento, a me tamen, ut confirmati, observabuntur,
Plin. Ep. 2, 16, 3; Quint. 7 praef. § 2: constet illi licet fides et benevolentia, tranquillitas tamen, etc., Sen. Tranq. Anim. 7, 6.—With ellips. of subj.:
immatura licet, tamen huc non noxia veni (sc. venias),
Prop. 5, 11, 17.—With a corresp. certe:
licet enim haec quivis arbitratu suo reprehendat... certe levior reprehensio est,
Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 102.—
B.
With indic. (post-class.):
licet inter gesta et facta videtur quaedam esse subtilis differentia, attamen, etc.,
Dig. 50, 16, 58; 2, 15, 8, § 25:
licet directae libertates deficiunt, attamen, etc.,
ib. 29, 7, 2: obduxi licet arma, sum Priapus, Poëta ap. Anth. Lat. 5, 218; Macr. S. 1, 11; App. M. 2, p. 117, 25.—
C.
As an adv. with adj. or part., although (post-class.):
licet contumacissimum, tamen efficacissimum, etc.,
Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 8, 1:
miles, licet membris vigentibus firmus, se solum circumspicit,
Amm. 14, 10, 12; 17, 12, 11; Claud. Mam. Paneg. Max. 1.—Hence,
1.
lĭcens, entis, P. a., free, unrestrained, uncurbed, bold, forward, presumptuous, licentious.
A.
Of persons (only poet. and in post-class. prose):
quam audaces et quam licentes sumus qui, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 4:
unde licens Fabius sacra Lupercus habet,
Prop. 4, 1, 26:
turba licens, Naides improbae,
Sen. Hippol. 777.—
B.
Of inanim. and abstr. things (once in Cic.; elsewh. only poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
licentior dithyrambus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 48, 185:
hic tibi multa licet sermone licentia tecto Dicere,
Ov. A. A. 1, 569:
joci,
Stat. S. 1, 6, 93:
licentior epistula, Plin. N. H. prooem. § 1: imperium,
Val. Max. 6, 4, 2:
vita,
id. 9, 1, 3. —Hence, adv.: lĭcenter, freely, according to one's own pleasure or fancy; and, in a bad sense, without restraint, boldly, impudently, licentiously (class.):
at quam licenter!
Cic. N. D. 1, 39, 109:
ut ingredi libere, non ut licenter videatur errare,
id. Or. 23, 77:
Graeci licenter multa,
Quint. 1, 8, 6:
aliquid facere,
Liv. 26, 10.— Comp.:
(servos) licentius, liberius, familiarius cum domina vivere,
Cic. Cael. 23, 57:
Romanos, remoto metu, laxius licentiusque futuros,
more remiss in their discipline, Sall. J. 87 fin.:
gerere res communes,
id. ib. 108:
ausi aliquid,
Quint. 2, 4, 14:
si quid licentius dixerint,
id. 1, 2, 7:
translata,
id. 8, 3, 37; 12, 10, 50:
Liberum et Cererem pro vino et pane licentius, quam ut fori severitas ferat,
id. 8, 6, 24; Tac. A. 6, 13.—
2.
lĭcĭtus, a, um, P. a., permitted, allowed, allowable, lawful ( poet. and post-Aug. for permissus, honestus):
sermo,
Verg. A. 8, 468:
torus,
Petr. 34, 8:
acies,
Stat. Th. 11, 123:
negotiatio,
Dig. 37, 14, 2:
contractus,
ib. 50, 14, 3.—In plur. as subst.: lĭcĭta, ōrum, n., things that are lawful:
ipse per licita atque illicita foedatus,
Tac. A. 15, 37.—Hence, adv., in two forms: lĭcĭtē and lĭcĭtō, rightfully, lawfully (post-class. for juste, honeste, legitime).—Form licite, Dig. 30, 114, § 5.—
Form licito,
Sol. 11, 8; Cod. Th. 11, 8, 3.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > licet
92 licita

lĭcet, cŭit and cĭtum est, 2 (old form, licessit for licuerit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 13; imp. liceto, Lex ap. Inscr. Grut. 202, 508 al.), v. n. and impers. [root lic-; Gr. lip-; v. 1. liceo], it is lawful, it is allowed or permitted; one may or can, one is at liberty to do so and so; constr. with neutr. of the demonstr. or rel. pron., with inf. or a subject-clause, with or without a dat., or dat. and inf., with ut or (more freq.) with the simple subj., or entirely absol.
(α).
With neutr. of the demonstr. or rel. pron. as a subject, with or without a dat.:
licere id dicimus, quod legibus, quod more majorum institutisque conceditur. Neque enim quod quisque potest, id ei licet,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
cui facile persuasi, mihi id, quod rogaret, ne licere quidem, non modo non lubere,
id. Att. 14, 19, 4:
quid deceat vos, non quantum liceat vobis, spectare debetis,
id. Rab. Post. 5, 11; cf.:
si hominibus tantum licere judicas, quantum possunt: vide, ne, etc.,
id. Phil. 13, 7, 15:
si illud non licet, Saltem hoc licebit,
Ter. Eun. 4, 2, 12: neque idem ubique aut licet aut decorum est, Quint. 5, 10, 40:
quod in foro non expedit, illic nec liceat,
id. 9, 2, 67:
sin et poterit Naevius id quod lubet et ei lubebit, quod non licet, quid agendum est?
Cic. Quint. 30, 94:
nihil, quod per leges liceret,
id. Mil. 16, 43:
cui tantum de te licuit?
Verg. A. 6, 502; Anthol. Lat. 1, 172, 150:
cui tantum fata licere In generum voluere tuum,
Luc. 9, 1025; cf.:
tantumque licere horruit,
Sil. 14, 670.—Rarely in plur.:
cum in servum omnia liceant, est, etc.,
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2.—
(β).
With inf. or a subject-clause, with or without a dat.: neque terram inicere, neque cruenta Convestire corpora mihi licuit, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Trag. v. 168 Vahl.):
licet nemini contra patriam ducere exercitum,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
ut tibi id facere liceat,
id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:
M. Catoni licuit Tusculi se in otio delectare,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
sceleris crimine liceat Cn. Pompeio mortuo, liceat multis aliis carere,
id. Lig. 6, 18; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 3; Cic. Att. 2, 1, 5:
quaerere, qui licuerit aedificare navem senatori,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 18, § 45:
meamet facta mihi dicere licet,
Sall. J. 85, 24.—Without a dat.:
introire in aedes numquam licitum est,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 70:
impune optare istuc licet,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 14:
modo liceat vivere,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 28:
licetne scire ex te?
id. Hec. 5, 4, 33:
hic subitam rerum commutationem videre licuit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27, 1; 3, 96, 4:
si facere omnino non licebit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
licet ora ipsa cernere iratorum,
id. Off. 1, 29, 102; cf. id. Div. 1, 41, 91:
licet hoc videre,
id. de Or. 3, 25, 99; id. Div. 1, 7, 13; id. Inv. 1, 15, 21; 2, 23, 71; 2, 9, 29:
veretur ne non liceat tenere hereditatem,
id. Att. 13, 48, 1:
licetne extra ordinem in provocantem hostem pugnare?
Liv. 23, 47, 1:
poscere ut perculsis instare liceat,
id. 2, 65, 2. —With inf. pass. (cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 660 sq.):
intellegi jam licet, nullum fore imperium,
Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:
idque e pontificio jure intellegi licet,
id. Tusc. 1, 12, 27; cf.:
his cognosci licuit, quantum, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 28; Cic. Off. 1, 7, 20:
evocari ex insula Cyprios non licet,
id. Att. 5, 21, 6:
in senatu dici nihil liceat,
id. ib. 3, 12, 1:
coöptari sacerdotem licebat,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 9:
in eum ordinem coöptari licet,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 49, § 120:
id primum in poëtis cerni licet,
id. de Or. 3, 7, 27; id. Ac. 1, 4, 17.—The noun of the subject-clause is regularly in the acc.:
licet me id scire quid sit?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 14:
non licet hominem esse, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 53:
si licet me latere,
id. ib. 4, 2, 5:
hocine me miserum non licere meo modo ingenium frui!
id. ib. 2, 4, 21; cf.:
eodem ut jure uti senem Liceat, id. Hec. prol. alt. 3: non licet me isto tanto bono uti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154:
cum non liceret Romae quemquam esse, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 2, 41, §
100: ex eis locis, in quibus te habere nihil licet,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §
45: quare licet etiam mortalem esse animum judicantem aeterna moliri,
id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:
cur his per te frui libertate sua, cur denique esse liberos non licet?
id. Fl. 29, 71 B. and K. (al. liberis; v. infra).—So with esse:
liceat esse miseros,
Cic. Lig. 6, 18; cf.:
medios esse jam non licebit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 4; id. Tusc. 5, 15, 44; 1, 38, 91 Klotz N. cr.; also with fieri:
ut eum liceat ante tempus consulem fieri,
Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:
ut jam liceat una comprehensione omnia complecti non dubitantemque dicere, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 26:
haec praescripta servantem licet magnifice vivere,
id. Off. 1, 26, 92:
licet tamen opera prodesse multis, beneficia petentem, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 19, 67.—So with acc. with a subject-inf., esse or fieri, even when licet is accompanied by the dat.:
si civi Romano licet esse Gaditanum,
Cic. Balb. 12, 29:
potest incidere quaestio, An huic esse procuratorem liceat?
Quint. 7, 1, 19:
procuratorem tibi esse non licuit,
id. 4, 4, 6 Zumpt N. cr.:
mihi non licet esse piam,
Ov. H. 14, 64: is erat annus, quo per leges ei consulem fieri liceret Caes. B. C. 3, 1 Oud. N. cr. —But more freq., in this case, there is an attraction of the predicate-noun to the dative dependent on licet.—Hence,
(γ).
Licet alicui with inf., esp. with esse:
per hanc tibi cenam incenato esse hodie licet,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 31:
per hanc curam quieto tibi licet esse,
id. Ep. 3, 2, 2:
licuit esse otioso Themistocli,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 33; cf.:
ut tibi abesse liceat, et esse otioso,
id. Att. 9, 2, A, 1: quare [p. 1063] judici mihi non esse liceat, id. Rab. Post. 7, 17:
ut iis ingratis esse non liceat,
id. Off. 2, 18, 63:
quo in genere mihi neglegenti esse non licet,
id. Att. 1, 17, 6:
cur iis per te frui libertate sua, cur denique esse liberis non licet?
id. Fl. 29, 71 (B. and K. liberos; v. supra):
quibus otiosis ne in communi quidem otio liceat esse,
id. Cael. 1, 1:
quibus licet jam esse fortunatissimis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 8:
illis timidis et ignavis licet esse,
Liv. 21, 44, 3.—With other verbs than esse:
ut sibi per te liceat innocenti vitam in egestate degere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144:
cum postulasset... ut sibi triumphanti urbem invehi liceret,
Liv. 38, 44 fin. —
Very rarely, in this construction, the dative with licet is wanting, and is to be supplied from the connection: atqui licet esse beatis (sc. iis),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 19:
licet eminus esse Fortibus,
Ov. M. 8, 405:
Hannibal precatur deos ut incolumi cedere atque abire liceat,
Liv. 26, 41, 16:
sibi vitam filiae suā cariorem fuisse, si liberae ac pudicae vivere licitum fuisset,
id. 3, 50, 6. Cf. on this and the preced. construction, Krüger, Untersuchungen, vol. iii. p. 359 sq.; Ruddim. 2, p. 15; Zumpt, Gram. § 601; Madv. Gram. § 393, c. and obs. 1.—
(δ).
With ut, and more freq. with the simple subj.:
neque jam mihi licet neque est integrum, ut, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 4, 8:
facto nunc laedat licet,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
mea quidem causa salvos sis licet,
id. Rud. 1, 2, 51:
ludas licet,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 33:
fremant omnes licet,
Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 195:
sed omnia licet concurrant,
id. Att. 14, 4, 2:
ex qua licet pauca degustes,
id. ib. 1, 16, 8:
vel ipsi hoc dicas licet,
id. ib. 5, 1, 4:
quamvis licet insectemur istos, metuo ne soli philosophi sint,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53; cf. id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. N. D. 3, 36, 88:
sequatur Hermagoram licebit,
id. Inv. 1, 51, 97; id. Rosc. Am. 17, 49:
sis pecore et multa dives tellure licebit,
Hor. Epod. 15, 19:
detrahat auctori multum fortuna licebit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 3; Verg. A. 6, 400. Cf. also under II. a.—
(ε).
As a v. impers. absol., with or without dat.:
immo, aliis si licet, tibi non licet,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 15, 49:
cum licitum est ei,
id. And. 2, 6, 12:
nec crederem mihi impunius Licere,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 50:
quod profecto faciam, si mihi per ejusdem amicitiam licebit,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 3: Ph. Sed quaeso, hominem ut jubeas arcessi. He. Licet, that may be or may be done, I have no objection, Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 29:
si per vos licet,
id. As. prol. 12:
id quod postea, si per vos, judices, licitum erit, aperietur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 127:
dum per aetatem licet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 28:
fruare, dum licet,
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 104; cf.:
dum licet, loquimini mecum,
id. Phorm. 3, 3, 16:
sic ut quimus, aiunt, quando, ut volumus, non licet,
id. And. 4, 5, 10:
ut id, quoad posset, quod fas esset, quoad liceret, populi ad partes daret,
Cic. Agr. 2, 7, 19.
II.
Transf. When licet introduces a subordinate proposition, which makes a concession, without abandoning the main proposition, it is used as a conjunction corresponding to quamvis, quamquam, etsi. In late Latin it is, like these, connected with the indicative, and in the class. per. it is not unfreq. opposed to tamen and certe in the main proposition; even if, although, notwithstanding.
A.
With subj. (class.):
quoniam quidem semel suscepi, licet hercules undique omnes mihi minae et terrores periculaque impendeant omnia, succurram atque subibo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 31:
improbitas, licet adversario molesta sit, judici invisa est,
Quint. 6, 4, 15: in comoedia maxime claudamus: licet Varro Musas Plautino dicat sermone locuturas fuisse, si Latine loqui vellent;
licet, etc.,
id. 10, 1, 99:
vita brevis est, licet supra mille annos exeat,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 6:
licet ingens janitor... exsanguis terreat umbras,
Verg. A. 6, 400. —With part. for subj.:
isque, licet caeli regione remotos, mente deos adiit,
Ov. M. 15, 62.—With a corresp. tamen:
licet laudem Fortunam, tamen, ut ne Salutem culpem,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 28:
licet saepius tibi hujus generis litteras mittam... sed tamen, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 27, 1:
licet tibi significarim, ut ad me venires, tamen, etc.,
id. Att. 3, 12, 3; Quint. 2, 2, 8; 8, 3, 69:
licet ergo non sint confirmati testamento, a me tamen, ut confirmati, observabuntur,
Plin. Ep. 2, 16, 3; Quint. 7 praef. § 2: constet illi licet fides et benevolentia, tranquillitas tamen, etc., Sen. Tranq. Anim. 7, 6.—With ellips. of subj.:
immatura licet, tamen huc non noxia veni (sc. venias),
Prop. 5, 11, 17.—With a corresp. certe:
licet enim haec quivis arbitratu suo reprehendat... certe levior reprehensio est,
Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 102.—
B.
With indic. (post-class.):
licet inter gesta et facta videtur quaedam esse subtilis differentia, attamen, etc.,
Dig. 50, 16, 58; 2, 15, 8, § 25:
licet directae libertates deficiunt, attamen, etc.,
ib. 29, 7, 2: obduxi licet arma, sum Priapus, Poëta ap. Anth. Lat. 5, 218; Macr. S. 1, 11; App. M. 2, p. 117, 25.—
C.
As an adv. with adj. or part., although (post-class.):
licet contumacissimum, tamen efficacissimum, etc.,
Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 8, 1:
miles, licet membris vigentibus firmus, se solum circumspicit,
Amm. 14, 10, 12; 17, 12, 11; Claud. Mam. Paneg. Max. 1.—Hence,
1.
lĭcens, entis, P. a., free, unrestrained, uncurbed, bold, forward, presumptuous, licentious.
A.
Of persons (only poet. and in post-class. prose):
quam audaces et quam licentes sumus qui, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 4:
unde licens Fabius sacra Lupercus habet,
Prop. 4, 1, 26:
turba licens, Naides improbae,
Sen. Hippol. 777.—
B.
Of inanim. and abstr. things (once in Cic.; elsewh. only poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
licentior dithyrambus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 48, 185:
hic tibi multa licet sermone licentia tecto Dicere,
Ov. A. A. 1, 569:
joci,
Stat. S. 1, 6, 93:
licentior epistula, Plin. N. H. prooem. § 1: imperium,
Val. Max. 6, 4, 2:
vita,
id. 9, 1, 3. —Hence, adv.: lĭcenter, freely, according to one's own pleasure or fancy; and, in a bad sense, without restraint, boldly, impudently, licentiously (class.):
at quam licenter!
Cic. N. D. 1, 39, 109:
ut ingredi libere, non ut licenter videatur errare,
id. Or. 23, 77:
Graeci licenter multa,
Quint. 1, 8, 6:
aliquid facere,
Liv. 26, 10.— Comp.:
(servos) licentius, liberius, familiarius cum domina vivere,
Cic. Cael. 23, 57:
Romanos, remoto metu, laxius licentiusque futuros,
more remiss in their discipline, Sall. J. 87 fin.:
gerere res communes,
id. ib. 108:
ausi aliquid,
Quint. 2, 4, 14:
si quid licentius dixerint,
id. 1, 2, 7:
translata,
id. 8, 3, 37; 12, 10, 50:
Liberum et Cererem pro vino et pane licentius, quam ut fori severitas ferat,
id. 8, 6, 24; Tac. A. 6, 13.—
2.
lĭcĭtus, a, um, P. a., permitted, allowed, allowable, lawful ( poet. and post-Aug. for permissus, honestus):
sermo,
Verg. A. 8, 468:
torus,
Petr. 34, 8:
acies,
Stat. Th. 11, 123:
negotiatio,
Dig. 37, 14, 2:
contractus,
ib. 50, 14, 3.—In plur. as subst.: lĭcĭta, ōrum, n., things that are lawful:
ipse per licita atque illicita foedatus,
Tac. A. 15, 37.—Hence, adv., in two forms: lĭcĭtē and lĭcĭtō, rightfully, lawfully (post-class. for juste, honeste, legitime).—Form licite, Dig. 30, 114, § 5.—
Form licito,
Sol. 11, 8; Cod. Th. 11, 8, 3.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > licita
93 licito

lĭcet, cŭit and cĭtum est, 2 (old form, licessit for licuerit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 13; imp. liceto, Lex ap. Inscr. Grut. 202, 508 al.), v. n. and impers. [root lic-; Gr. lip-; v. 1. liceo], it is lawful, it is allowed or permitted; one may or can, one is at liberty to do so and so; constr. with neutr. of the demonstr. or rel. pron., with inf. or a subject-clause, with or without a dat., or dat. and inf., with ut or (more freq.) with the simple subj., or entirely absol.
(α).
With neutr. of the demonstr. or rel. pron. as a subject, with or without a dat.:
licere id dicimus, quod legibus, quod more majorum institutisque conceditur. Neque enim quod quisque potest, id ei licet,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
cui facile persuasi, mihi id, quod rogaret, ne licere quidem, non modo non lubere,
id. Att. 14, 19, 4:
quid deceat vos, non quantum liceat vobis, spectare debetis,
id. Rab. Post. 5, 11; cf.:
si hominibus tantum licere judicas, quantum possunt: vide, ne, etc.,
id. Phil. 13, 7, 15:
si illud non licet, Saltem hoc licebit,
Ter. Eun. 4, 2, 12: neque idem ubique aut licet aut decorum est, Quint. 5, 10, 40:
quod in foro non expedit, illic nec liceat,
id. 9, 2, 67:
sin et poterit Naevius id quod lubet et ei lubebit, quod non licet, quid agendum est?
Cic. Quint. 30, 94:
nihil, quod per leges liceret,
id. Mil. 16, 43:
cui tantum de te licuit?
Verg. A. 6, 502; Anthol. Lat. 1, 172, 150:
cui tantum fata licere In generum voluere tuum,
Luc. 9, 1025; cf.:
tantumque licere horruit,
Sil. 14, 670.—Rarely in plur.:
cum in servum omnia liceant, est, etc.,
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2.—
(β).
With inf. or a subject-clause, with or without a dat.: neque terram inicere, neque cruenta Convestire corpora mihi licuit, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Trag. v. 168 Vahl.):
licet nemini contra patriam ducere exercitum,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
ut tibi id facere liceat,
id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:
M. Catoni licuit Tusculi se in otio delectare,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
sceleris crimine liceat Cn. Pompeio mortuo, liceat multis aliis carere,
id. Lig. 6, 18; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 3; Cic. Att. 2, 1, 5:
quaerere, qui licuerit aedificare navem senatori,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 18, § 45:
meamet facta mihi dicere licet,
Sall. J. 85, 24.—Without a dat.:
introire in aedes numquam licitum est,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 70:
impune optare istuc licet,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 14:
modo liceat vivere,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 28:
licetne scire ex te?
id. Hec. 5, 4, 33:
hic subitam rerum commutationem videre licuit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27, 1; 3, 96, 4:
si facere omnino non licebit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:
licet ora ipsa cernere iratorum,
id. Off. 1, 29, 102; cf. id. Div. 1, 41, 91:
licet hoc videre,
id. de Or. 3, 25, 99; id. Div. 1, 7, 13; id. Inv. 1, 15, 21; 2, 23, 71; 2, 9, 29:
veretur ne non liceat tenere hereditatem,
id. Att. 13, 48, 1:
licetne extra ordinem in provocantem hostem pugnare?
Liv. 23, 47, 1:
poscere ut perculsis instare liceat,
id. 2, 65, 2. —With inf. pass. (cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 660 sq.):
intellegi jam licet, nullum fore imperium,
Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:
idque e pontificio jure intellegi licet,
id. Tusc. 1, 12, 27; cf.:
his cognosci licuit, quantum, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 28; Cic. Off. 1, 7, 20:
evocari ex insula Cyprios non licet,
id. Att. 5, 21, 6:
in senatu dici nihil liceat,
id. ib. 3, 12, 1:
coöptari sacerdotem licebat,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 9:
in eum ordinem coöptari licet,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 49, § 120:
id primum in poëtis cerni licet,
id. de Or. 3, 7, 27; id. Ac. 1, 4, 17.—The noun of the subject-clause is regularly in the acc.:
licet me id scire quid sit?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 14:
non licet hominem esse, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 53:
si licet me latere,
id. ib. 4, 2, 5:
hocine me miserum non licere meo modo ingenium frui!
id. ib. 2, 4, 21; cf.:
eodem ut jure uti senem Liceat, id. Hec. prol. alt. 3: non licet me isto tanto bono uti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154:
cum non liceret Romae quemquam esse, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 2, 41, §
100: ex eis locis, in quibus te habere nihil licet,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §
45: quare licet etiam mortalem esse animum judicantem aeterna moliri,
id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:
cur his per te frui libertate sua, cur denique esse liberos non licet?
id. Fl. 29, 71 B. and K. (al. liberis; v. infra).—So with esse:
liceat esse miseros,
Cic. Lig. 6, 18; cf.:
medios esse jam non licebit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 4; id. Tusc. 5, 15, 44; 1, 38, 91 Klotz N. cr.; also with fieri:
ut eum liceat ante tempus consulem fieri,
Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:
ut jam liceat una comprehensione omnia complecti non dubitantemque dicere, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 26:
haec praescripta servantem licet magnifice vivere,
id. Off. 1, 26, 92:
licet tamen opera prodesse multis, beneficia petentem, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 19, 67.—So with acc. with a subject-inf., esse or fieri, even when licet is accompanied by the dat.:
si civi Romano licet esse Gaditanum,
Cic. Balb. 12, 29:
potest incidere quaestio, An huic esse procuratorem liceat?
Quint. 7, 1, 19:
procuratorem tibi esse non licuit,
id. 4, 4, 6 Zumpt N. cr.:
mihi non licet esse piam,
Ov. H. 14, 64: is erat annus, quo per leges ei consulem fieri liceret Caes. B. C. 3, 1 Oud. N. cr. —But more freq., in this case, there is an attraction of the predicate-noun to the dative dependent on licet.—Hence,
(γ).
Licet alicui with inf., esp. with esse:
per hanc tibi cenam incenato esse hodie licet,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 31:
per hanc curam quieto tibi licet esse,
id. Ep. 3, 2, 2:
licuit esse otioso Themistocli,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 33; cf.:
ut tibi abesse liceat, et esse otioso,
id. Att. 9, 2, A, 1: quare [p. 1063] judici mihi non esse liceat, id. Rab. Post. 7, 17:
ut iis ingratis esse non liceat,
id. Off. 2, 18, 63:
quo in genere mihi neglegenti esse non licet,
id. Att. 1, 17, 6:
cur iis per te frui libertate sua, cur denique esse liberis non licet?
id. Fl. 29, 71 (B. and K. liberos; v. supra):
quibus otiosis ne in communi quidem otio liceat esse,
id. Cael. 1, 1:
quibus licet jam esse fortunatissimis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 8:
illis timidis et ignavis licet esse,
Liv. 21, 44, 3.—With other verbs than esse:
ut sibi per te liceat innocenti vitam in egestate degere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144:
cum postulasset... ut sibi triumphanti urbem invehi liceret,
Liv. 38, 44 fin. —
Very rarely, in this construction, the dative with licet is wanting, and is to be supplied from the connection: atqui licet esse beatis (sc. iis),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 19:
licet eminus esse Fortibus,
Ov. M. 8, 405:
Hannibal precatur deos ut incolumi cedere atque abire liceat,
Liv. 26, 41, 16:
sibi vitam filiae suā cariorem fuisse, si liberae ac pudicae vivere licitum fuisset,
id. 3, 50, 6. Cf. on this and the preced. construction, Krüger, Untersuchungen, vol. iii. p. 359 sq.; Ruddim. 2, p. 15; Zumpt, Gram. § 601; Madv. Gram. § 393, c. and obs. 1.—
(δ).
With ut, and more freq. with the simple subj.:
neque jam mihi licet neque est integrum, ut, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 4, 8:
facto nunc laedat licet,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
mea quidem causa salvos sis licet,
id. Rud. 1, 2, 51:
ludas licet,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 33:
fremant omnes licet,
Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 195:
sed omnia licet concurrant,
id. Att. 14, 4, 2:
ex qua licet pauca degustes,
id. ib. 1, 16, 8:
vel ipsi hoc dicas licet,
id. ib. 5, 1, 4:
quamvis licet insectemur istos, metuo ne soli philosophi sint,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53; cf. id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. N. D. 3, 36, 88:
sequatur Hermagoram licebit,
id. Inv. 1, 51, 97; id. Rosc. Am. 17, 49:
sis pecore et multa dives tellure licebit,
Hor. Epod. 15, 19:
detrahat auctori multum fortuna licebit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 3; Verg. A. 6, 400. Cf. also under II. a.—
(ε).
As a v. impers. absol., with or without dat.:
immo, aliis si licet, tibi non licet,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 15, 49:
cum licitum est ei,
id. And. 2, 6, 12:
nec crederem mihi impunius Licere,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 50:
quod profecto faciam, si mihi per ejusdem amicitiam licebit,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 3: Ph. Sed quaeso, hominem ut jubeas arcessi. He. Licet, that may be or may be done, I have no objection, Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 29:
si per vos licet,
id. As. prol. 12:
id quod postea, si per vos, judices, licitum erit, aperietur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 127:
dum per aetatem licet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 28:
fruare, dum licet,
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 104; cf.:
dum licet, loquimini mecum,
id. Phorm. 3, 3, 16:
sic ut quimus, aiunt, quando, ut volumus, non licet,
id. And. 4, 5, 10:
ut id, quoad posset, quod fas esset, quoad liceret, populi ad partes daret,
Cic. Agr. 2, 7, 19.
II.
Transf. When licet introduces a subordinate proposition, which makes a concession, without abandoning the main proposition, it is used as a conjunction corresponding to quamvis, quamquam, etsi. In late Latin it is, like these, connected with the indicative, and in the class. per. it is not unfreq. opposed to tamen and certe in the main proposition; even if, although, notwithstanding.
A.
With subj. (class.):
quoniam quidem semel suscepi, licet hercules undique omnes mihi minae et terrores periculaque impendeant omnia, succurram atque subibo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 31:
improbitas, licet adversario molesta sit, judici invisa est,
Quint. 6, 4, 15: in comoedia maxime claudamus: licet Varro Musas Plautino dicat sermone locuturas fuisse, si Latine loqui vellent;
licet, etc.,
id. 10, 1, 99:
vita brevis est, licet supra mille annos exeat,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 6:
licet ingens janitor... exsanguis terreat umbras,
Verg. A. 6, 400. —With part. for subj.:
isque, licet caeli regione remotos, mente deos adiit,
Ov. M. 15, 62.—With a corresp. tamen:
licet laudem Fortunam, tamen, ut ne Salutem culpem,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 28:
licet saepius tibi hujus generis litteras mittam... sed tamen, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 27, 1:
licet tibi significarim, ut ad me venires, tamen, etc.,
id. Att. 3, 12, 3; Quint. 2, 2, 8; 8, 3, 69:
licet ergo non sint confirmati testamento, a me tamen, ut confirmati, observabuntur,
Plin. Ep. 2, 16, 3; Quint. 7 praef. § 2: constet illi licet fides et benevolentia, tranquillitas tamen, etc., Sen. Tranq. Anim. 7, 6.—With ellips. of subj.:
immatura licet, tamen huc non noxia veni (sc. venias),
Prop. 5, 11, 17.—With a corresp. certe:
licet enim haec quivis arbitratu suo reprehendat... certe levior reprehensio est,
Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 102.—
B.
With indic. (post-class.):
licet inter gesta et facta videtur quaedam esse subtilis differentia, attamen, etc.,
Dig. 50, 16, 58; 2, 15, 8, § 25:
licet directae libertates deficiunt, attamen, etc.,
ib. 29, 7, 2: obduxi licet arma, sum Priapus, Poëta ap. Anth. Lat. 5, 218; Macr. S. 1, 11; App. M. 2, p. 117, 25.—
C.
As an adv. with adj. or part., although (post-class.):
licet contumacissimum, tamen efficacissimum, etc.,
Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 8, 1:
miles, licet membris vigentibus firmus, se solum circumspicit,
Amm. 14, 10, 12; 17, 12, 11; Claud. Mam. Paneg. Max. 1.—Hence,
1.
lĭcens, entis, P. a., free, unrestrained, uncurbed, bold, forward, presumptuous, licentious.
A.
Of persons (only poet. and in post-class. prose):
quam audaces et quam licentes sumus qui, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 4:
unde licens Fabius sacra Lupercus habet,
Prop. 4, 1, 26:
turba licens, Naides improbae,
Sen. Hippol. 777.—
B.
Of inanim. and abstr. things (once in Cic.; elsewh. only poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
licentior dithyrambus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 48, 185:
hic tibi multa licet sermone licentia tecto Dicere,
Ov. A. A. 1, 569:
joci,
Stat. S. 1, 6, 93:
licentior epistula, Plin. N. H. prooem. § 1: imperium,
Val. Max. 6, 4, 2:
vita,
id. 9, 1, 3. —Hence, adv.: lĭcenter, freely, according to one's own pleasure or fancy; and, in a bad sense, without restraint, boldly, impudently, licentiously (class.):
at quam licenter!
Cic. N. D. 1, 39, 109:
ut ingredi libere, non ut licenter videatur errare,
id. Or. 23, 77:
Graeci licenter multa,
Quint. 1, 8, 6:
aliquid facere,
Liv. 26, 10.— Comp.:
(servos) licentius, liberius, familiarius cum domina vivere,
Cic. Cael. 23, 57:
Romanos, remoto metu, laxius licentiusque futuros,
more remiss in their discipline, Sall. J. 87 fin.:
gerere res communes,
id. ib. 108:
ausi aliquid,
Quint. 2, 4, 14:
si quid licentius dixerint,
id. 1, 2, 7:
translata,
id. 8, 3, 37; 12, 10, 50:
Liberum et Cererem pro vino et pane licentius, quam ut fori severitas ferat,
id. 8, 6, 24; Tac. A. 6, 13.—
2.
lĭcĭtus, a, um, P. a., permitted, allowed, allowable, lawful ( poet. and post-Aug. for permissus, honestus):
sermo,
Verg. A. 8, 468:
torus,
Petr. 34, 8:
acies,
Stat. Th. 11, 123:
negotiatio,
Dig. 37, 14, 2:
contractus,
ib. 50, 14, 3.—In plur. as subst.: lĭcĭta, ōrum, n., things that are lawful:
ipse per licita atque illicita foedatus,
Tac. A. 15, 37.—Hence, adv., in two forms: lĭcĭtē and lĭcĭtō, rightfully, lawfully (post-class. for juste, honeste, legitime).—Form licite, Dig. 30, 114, § 5.—
Form licito,
Sol. 11, 8; Cod. Th. 11, 8, 3.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > licito
94 Bell, Thomas

SUBJECT AREA: Paper and printing

[br]

fl. 1770–1785 Scotland

[br]

Scottish inventor of a calico printing machine with the design engraved on rollers.

[br]

In November 1770, John Mackenzie, owner of a bleaching mill, took his millwright Thomas Bell to Glasgow to consult with James Watt about problems they were having with the calico printing machine invented by Bell some years previously. Bell rolled sheets of copper one eighth of an inch (3 mm) thick into cyliders, and filled them with cement which was held in place by cast iron ends. After being turned true and polished, the cylinders were engraved; they cost about £10 each. The printing machines were driven by a water-wheel, but Bell and Mackenzie appeared to have had problems with the doctor blades which scraped off excess colour, and this may have been why they visited Watt.

They had, presumably, solved the technical problems when Bell took out a patent in 1783 which describes him as "the Elder", but there are no further details about the man himself. The machine is described as having six printing rollers arranged around the top of the circumference of a large central bowl. In later machines, the printing rollers were placed all round a smaller cylinder. All of the printing rollers, each printing a different colour, were driven by gearing to keep them in register. The patent includes steel doctor blades which would have scraped excess colour off the printing rollers. Another patent, taken out in 1784, shows a smaller three-colour machine. The printing rollers had an iron core covered with copper, which could be taken off at pleasure so that fresh patterns could be cut as desired. Bell's machine was used at Masney, near Preston, England, by Messrs Livesey, Hargreaves, Hall \& Co in 1786. Although copper cylinders were difficult to make and engrave, and the soldered seams often burst, these machines were able to increase the output of the cheaper types of printed cloth.

[br]

Bibliography

1783, patent no. 1,378 (calico printing machine with engraved copper rollers). 1784, patent no. 1,443 (three-colour calico printing machine).

Further Reading

W.E.A.Axon, 1886, Annals of Manchester, Manchester (provides an account of the invention).

R.L.Hills, 1970, Power in the Industrial Revolution, Manchester (provides a brief description of the development of calico printing).

RLH

Biographical history of technology > Bell, Thomas
95 अर्थः _arthḥ

अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.]

1 Object, pur- pose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9.

-2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213.

-3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21.

-4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five: रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16.

-5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid.

-6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds: शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62.

-7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25.

-8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65.

-9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition.

-1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19.

-11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1.

-12 Manner, kind, sort.

-13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above).

-14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ).

-15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5.

-16 N. of a son of धर्म.

-17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.).

-18 N. of Viṣṇu.

-19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2.

-2 Force (of a statement or an expres- sion); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication].

-21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23.

-22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm.

-Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7).

-अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2.

-अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with finan- cial duties, finance minister.

-अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2).

-अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21.

-अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter.

-अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning.

-2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18.

-3 A new matter or circum- stance, new affair.

-4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from parti- cular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Ins- tances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especi- ally in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi).

-अन्वित a.

1 rich, wealthy.

-2 significant.

-अभिधान a.

1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26.

-2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.).

-अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16.

-अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥

-आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H.

-2 collection of property.

-3 conveying of sense; S. D.737.

-आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः]

1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, im- plication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduc- tion of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has sug- gested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presump- tion of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46.

-2 a figure of speech (according to some rhe- toricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते.

-उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्.

-उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक.

-उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा.

-उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth.

-उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4.

-ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money.

-कर (

-री f.),

-कृत a.

1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3.

-2 useful, advan- tageous.

-कर्मन् n.

1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्).

-2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17.

-काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5.

-कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21.

-काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really).

-किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters.

-कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter.

-2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti.

-कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.

-कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8.

-क्रमः due order or sequ- ence of purpose.

-क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्).

-गत a.

1 based on the sense (as a दोष).

-2 devoid of sense.

-गतिः understanding the sense.

-गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21.

-गृहम् A treasury. Hariv.

-गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27.

-घ्न a. (

घ्नी f.) extrava- gant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8.

-चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya- prakāśa.

-चिन्तक a.

1 thinking of profit.

-2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121.

-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D.

-जात a.

1 full of meaning.

-2 wealthy (जातधन).

(-तम्) 1 a collection of things.

-2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7.

-3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6.

-4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48.

-ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir.

-तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94.

-2 the real nature or cause of anything.

-द a.

1 yielding wealth; Dk.41.

-2 advantageous, productive of good, useful.

-3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19.

-4 favour- able, compliant. (

-दः) N. of Kubera.

-दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge.

-दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155.

-दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48.

-2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due.

-3 finding fault with the meaning.

-4 spoiling of another's property.

-दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21.

-दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg.

-दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17

-द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7.

-नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir.

-निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth.

-निश्चयः determination, decision.

-प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74.

-2 an epithet of Kubera.

-पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45.

-पर, -लुब्ध a.

1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous.

-2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425.

-प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five:-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.)

-प्रयोगः 1 usury.

-2 administration of the affairs (of a state)

-प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13.

-˚त्वम् Inplication.

-बन्धः 1 arrange- ment of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words.

-2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense.

-बुद्धि a. selfish.

-बोधः indication of the (real) import.

-भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property.

-भावनम् Delibera- tion over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28).

-भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant).

-भेदः distinc- tion or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः.

-मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2.

-2 the whole sense or object.

-युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13.

-लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26.

-लाभः acquisition of wealth.

-लोभः avarice.

-वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65.

-वादः 1 declaration of any purpose.

-2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds:- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.)

-3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work.

-4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1.

-विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning.

-विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact.

-2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम्

-विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण).

-विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi.

-विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7.

-विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4.

-विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84.

-विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense.

-विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49.

-वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth.

-व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters.

-शब्दौ Word and sense.

-शालिन् a. Wealthy.

-शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy).

-2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5.

-3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1.

-शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16.

-श्री Great wealth.

-संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth.

-2 treasury.

-संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H.

-संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara.

-सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72.

-समाजः aggregate of causes.

-समाहारः 1 treasure.

-2 acquisition of wealth.

-संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15.

-संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168.

-संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence.

-संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64.

-साधक a.

1 accomplishing any object.

-2 bringing any matter to a conclusion.

-सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42.

-सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words.

-सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21.

-हानिः Loss of wealth

-हारिन् a. stealing money Ks.

-हर a. inheriting wealth.

-हीन a.

1 deprived of wealth, poor.

-2 unmeaning, nonsensical.

-3 failing.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अर्थः _arthḥ
96 contra

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra
97 contra dicta

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra dicta
98 نظر

نَظَرَ \ look: to turn one’s eyes; try to see, search: Look (at that man), he’s waving to you!. \ بِصَرْف النَّظَر عن \ irrespective: without regard to: Citizens in this country have equal rights, irrespective of their race of religion. \ بِغَضِّ النَّظَرِ عَن \ irrespective of: without regard to: Citizens in this country have equal rights, irrespective of their race of religion. regardless: paying no attention; in spite of: He was determined to buy, it, regardless of the cost. \ حَرِيّ بالنَّظَر (شَيْء)‏ \ sight: sth. that is seen, or is worth seeing: The spring flowers in the public gardens are a wonderful sight. We are going to Rome to see the sights. \ نَظَرَ إلى \ view: to regard: I viewed his intentions with anxiety. \ نَظَرَ باحتقار إلى \ look down on: to consider sb. or sth. to be of lower quality (than oneself; than what suits oneself): Office workers often look down on farm workers. \ نَظَرَ بإِعْجاب (إلى)‏ \ admire: to regard with respect or pleasure: I admire his courage. She was admiring your roses. \ نَظَرَ بغَضَب \ glare: to look angrily: He glared at the boy who made the noise. \ نَظَرَ شَزْرًا \ leer: to look (at sb.) with an evil and unpleasant smile. \ نَظَرَ في \ consider: to think about: I need time to consider the idea. \ نَظَرًا إلى \ owing to: because of: Owing to illness, she was unable to travel. \ نَظَرًا لِـ \ for: (not used in speech) because: I was in a hurry, for I had a lot to do. in view of: because of: In view of your age, you may travel free. \ نَظَرًا لأنّ \ since: (showing a cause) as: Since we have no money, we cannot buy anything.

Arabic-English dictionary > نظر
99 λέγω

λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71–73) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. B-D-F §82 app.; Mlt-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also B-D-F §101 p. 46; Mlt-H. 247), but the foll. pass. forms occur: fut. 3 sg. λεχθήσεται; aor. ptc. fem. sg. λεχθεῖσα (SyrBar 14:1), neut. pl. τὰ λεχθέντα (Jos. 24, 27; Esth 1:18; Papias, Just.), 3 sg. ἐλέχθη and pl. ἐλέχθησαν; pf. 3 sg. λέλεκται; plupf. ἐλέλεκτο; pf. ptc. λελεγμένος (all Just.; B-D-F §101) ‘say’ (beginning w. Hes. [Hom. uses the word in the senses ‘gather, collect’, as Il. 11, 755 al., and mid. ‘select’, as Il. 21, 27, and esp. of stories that one elects to ‘tell over’ or ‘recount’, as Od. 14, 197] and more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.).

① to express oneself orally or in written form, utter in words, say, tell, give expression to, the gener. sense (not in Hom., for this εἶπον, ἐν[ν]έπω, et al.)

ⓐ w. an indication of what is said

α. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14; TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 27 [Stone p. 42]) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cp. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310a; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cp. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὸ̔ λέγει Lk 9:33; cp. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7; AcPlCor 1:9. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὸ̔ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα (Pla, Gorg. 465a) παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cp. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. W. double acc. ἀδύνατα ταῦτα εἴρηκας Hm 11:19.

β. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f (on the textual problem s. FNeirynck, ETL 65, ’89, 110–18), 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may = he used to say (so that they might memorize): WEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121.

γ. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod S 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, Fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543) Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cp. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9.

ⓑ w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth.

α. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu. et al.) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cp. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7.

β. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod S 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, NA 8, 3 ὸ̔ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, VH 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86; TestSol 4:6 D τὸν δύστηνον λέγω γέροντα; Just., D. 130, 2 μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγω Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ …) τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὸ̔ν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ … but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60. Cp. 4 end.

γ. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. 1925, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy 413, 99; s. also 1aα above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; TestSol 1:6 D λέγει Νάθαν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον; ApcEsdr 6:16; s. also 1aα above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετʼ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56.

δ. in other (s. 1aα, 1bα, 1bγ) prep. uses ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of your own accord? J 18:34 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38] al.). εἴς τινα against someone Lk 22:65. τὶ περί τινος say someth. about or concerning someone J 1:22; Ac 8:34; Tit 2:8. λ. περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι say, with reference to the temple, that Lk 21:5. τί σὺ λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι; what have you to say about him, since? J 9:17b (λ. τι περί τινος, ὅτι as Jos., Bell. 7, 215). τινὶ περί τινος say to someone about someone w. direct discourse foll. Mt 11:7. Also πρός τινα περί τινος (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 279 πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ Μωϋσέως) Lk 7:24. πρός τινα ἐπί τινος bring charges against someone before someone Ac 23:30 (λ. ἐπί τινος as Jos., Vi. 258). λ. περί (v.l. ὑπέρ) τινος say (someth.), speak in someone’s defense 26:1.

ε. in connection w. adverbs and adv. exprs.: Λυκαονιστὶ λ. say in (the) Lycaonian (language) Ac 14:11. καλῶς correctly (X., Mem. 2, 7, 11; 3, 3, 4; TestJob 7:8; EpArist 125; 196) J 8:48; 13:13. ὡσαύτως in the same way Mk 14:31. ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν truly, I tell you Lk 12:44; 21:3. κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (s. ἄνθρωπος 2b) Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15. κατὰ συγγνώμην, οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν (s. ἐπιταγή) 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. καθʼ ὑστέρησιν Phil 4:11.

ζ. w. emphasis on a certain kind of saying: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Rv 5:12; 8:13 (cp. TestSol 16:1). Also ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 14:7; 9. ἄγγελος ἐν φωνῇ λέγων GJs 20:4 (pap, s. deStrycker p. 387f). Opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ (cp. Ps 13:1) 18:7. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 11 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 23:8) Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 3:8; 7:39, 49; GJs 1:1,4; 3:1; 5:1; cp. 1:3 (codd.); 2:1 v.l.; 14:1 v.l.

η. in quotations fr. scripture (but s. also Epict. 1, 28, 4 ὡς λέγει Πλάτων with a quotation) Ἠσαί̈ας λέγει Isaiah says Ro 10:16, 20; 15:12. Μωϋσῆς λέγει 10:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει 11:9. ἡ γραφὴ λέγει (Just., D. 56, 17; cp. Paus. 2, 16, 4 τὰ ἔπη λέγει=the epic poets say) 4:3; 10:11; Gal 4:30; 1 Ti 5:18; Js 4:5; cp. 2:23; J 19:24; 2 Cl 14:2. In the case of the quot. formula λέγει without the subj. expressed, ἡ γραφή or ὁ θεός is easily understood (B-D-F §130, 3; Rob. 392.—On the omission of the subj. [Just., D. 101, 1 al.] cp. Epict. 1, 24, 12 λέγει σοι ‘θὲς κτλ.’=someone says to you ‘lay aside [this and that sign of prestige]’). It could prob. be translated indefinitely it says: Ro 15:10; 2 Cor 6:2; Gal 3:16; Eph 4:8; 5:14. ὁ θεός is obviously the subj. (Clearch., Fgm. 69c; Epict. 1, 1, 10 λέγει ὁ Ζεύς, followed by a divine revelation to Epictetus) Hb 5:6. λέγει ὁ κύριος 2 Cl 13:2; cp. Hb 8:8–10 (λέγει κύριος Am 5:27; Is 1:18; Jer 9:24; ParJer 6:16 al.). W. the passage more definitely indicated (schol. on Pind., O. 7, 66 ἐν τοῖς Μουσαίου λέγεται; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1179 Wendel v.l. ἐν τῇ γ´ τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας λέγεται ὡς) ἐν Ἠλίᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή Ro 11:2 (Epict. 2, 17, 34 τί λέγει Χρύσιππος ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ψευδομένου). Δαυὶδ λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν Lk 20:42 (Epict. 2, 19, 14 Ἑλλάνικος λέγει ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς with quot.). ἐν τ. Ὡσηὲ λέγει Ro 9:25. λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἠσαί̈ᾳ 2 Cl 3:5 (Just., D. 123, 8); cp. ἐν Δαυίδ Hb 4:7. ὁ νόμος λέγει (cp. Pla., Crito 12, 50c; Epict. 3, 24, 43 τί γὰρ λέγει; [i.e. ὁ νόμος θεῖος]) 1 Cor 14:34. λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Hb 3:7 (Just., D. 124, 1). Of words of Jesus: λέγει ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 2 Cl 8:5. λέγει ὁ κύριος 5:2; 6:1. λέγει αὐτός (i.e. ὁ Χριστός 2:7) 3:2. λέγει 4:2.

θ. Hebraistic, though by no means limited to the OT (s. EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 34ff; B-D-F §420; Mlt-H. 454), is the freq. use of λ. to introduce

א. direct discourse (like לֵאמֹר), even though it is preceded by a verb of saying, or one that includes the idea of saying. Esp. λέγων is so used, as in the LXX, e.g. after ἀναβοᾶν, ἀνακράζειν Mk 1:23 (cp. Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 3, 9 Jac. ἀνεκεκράγει λέγων), ἀπαγγέλλειν, ἀποκρίνεσθαι, ἀρνεῖσθαι, βοᾶν, γογγύζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διαλογίζεσθαι, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, διαστέλλεσθαι, διδάσκειν, δοξάζειν, εἰπεῖν Mt 22:1; Lk 12:16; 20:2 (s. B-D-F §101, p. 46; s. Rob. 882f; Kieckers, loc. cit. 36f), ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, ἐντέλλεσθαι, ἐπερωτᾶν, ἐπιτιμᾶν, ἐπιφωνεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, κατηγορεῖν, κηρύσσειν, κράζειν, κραυγάζειν, λαλεῖν, μαρτυρεῖν, μεριμνᾶν, παραινεῖν, παρακαλεῖν, παρατιθέναι παραβολήν, προσεύχεσθαι, προσφωνεῖν, προφητεύειν, συζητεῖν, συλλαλεῖν, φωνεῖν, ψευδομαρτυρεῖν; s. these entries. Also after such verbs as denote an action accompanied by a statement of some kind: ἄγγελος κυρίου … ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων appeared to him and said Mt 1:20; cp. 2:13; προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λ. fell before him and said 8:2; 9:18; cp. 14:33. ἅπτεσθαι 8:3; 9:29. ἔρχεσθαι Mk 5:35; Lk 18:3; 19:18 al.; cp. Lk 1:66; 5:8; 8:38; 15:9; Ac 8:10, 19; 12:7; 27:23f; 1 Cor 11:25 al.

ב. the content of a written document (2 Km 11:15; 4 Km 10:6.—1 Macc 8:31; 11:57; Jos., Ant. 11, 26) ἔγραψεν λέγων (=יִכְתֹּב לֵאמֹר) he wrote as follows Lk 1:63.

ג. orders or instructions to be carried out by other persons: ἔπεμψεν λέγων he sent and had them say Lk 7:19. ἀπέστειλεν λ. (Judg 11:14f; Jdth 3:1; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:21 al.) Mt 22:16; 27:19; Lk 7:20; 19:14; J 11:3. If the persons carrying out the orders are named, the ptc. can refer to them Mt 22:16 v.l.

ד. When it is used w. the ptc. λ. appears in its finite forms ἐμπαίζοντες ἔλεγον they mocked and said Mt 27:41. προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει he approached him and said Mk 14:45. διαρρήξας … λέγει he tore his clothes as he said vs. 63; cp. vs. 67; 15:35; Lk 6:20; J 1:36; Hb 8:8a al.—Also pleonastically (TestSol 2:2; TestJob 23:4; cp. Homeric ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπε Il. 3, 437 al., προσηύδα 14, 270 al.) ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει he answered Mk 8:29b; 9:5, 19; 10:24; 11:22; Lk 3:11; 11:45; 13:8. κράξας λέγει he cried out Mk 5:7; 9:24 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 109, 29 [Stone p. 66] κράζων καὶ λέγων; ApcEsdr 1:2 κράξας λέγων).

ι. Now and then short exprs. with λ. are inserted as parentheses (B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434): πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν many, I tell you, will seek Lk 13:24. ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω 2 Cor 11:21b. ὡς τέκνοις λέγω 6:13.

κ. ptc. w. the article τὰ λεγόμενα what was said (EpArist 215, 298; TestSol 15:13; ApcEsdr 2:15; Jos., Ant. 3, 85; 207; Just., D. 46, 4; 115, 1) Lk 18:34. προσεῖχον τ. λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τ. Φιλίππου (προσέχω 2b) Ac 8:6 (προσέχ. τοῖς λεγ. as Jos., Ant. 13, 303; τὰ λ. ὑπό τινος as Bell. 7, 56; 423; Esth 3:3, also Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 24, p. 408, 19 ὑπὸ τῶν μάντεων; Fgm. 30 p. 417, 23 Jac.; Epict. 1, 18, 1; SIG 679, 87). τὰ ἢ λεχθέντα ἢ πραχθέντα (Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 48, 18; 64, 18; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 55) Papias (2:15) in Eus., HE 3, 39, 15 (=Geb., Harn., Zahn 15, p. 72, 17).

② to express oneself in a specific way, say

ⓐ ask w. direct question foll: Mt 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6.

ⓑ answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18; TestSol 5:8 al.; ApcMos 5) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8.

ⓒ order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27; TestSol 4:7 D; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44]) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 8 [Stone p. 10]); cp. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37 (for the formal nuance cp. reff. at end of this parag.). Gener. w. dat. of pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll.: Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων … ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll.: Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [IMagnMai 115, 4]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (s. Gerhard, Philol. 64, 1905, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, 1911, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum 1902, 63 and 77. Roman edicts gener. use the simple λέγει as in the praescriptio of SEG IX, 8 I, 1–3 αὐτοκράτωρ Καίσαρ Σεβαστὸς … λέγει; also by Augustus: Jos., Ant., 16, 162; s. MBenner, The Emperor Says ’75).

ⓓ assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν (TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 19f [Stone p. 18]) Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al.

ⓔ maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cp. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1a). Cp. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, RevÉtGr 46, ’33, 204–19; Goodsp., Probs. 64–68 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506–10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27–30]; DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/71, 213–26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? With the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows).

ⓕ of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80) 1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul.

③ to inform about / tell of someth., speak, report (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις) τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὸ̔ … οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18.

④ to identify in a specific manner, call, name (Aeschyl. et al.) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2; Just., D. 61, 1 ἀρχηστρατηγὸν ἑαυτὸν λέγει) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cp. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125 Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (B-D-F §412, 2; Rob. 1107; cp. BGU 1117, 9 [13 B.C.]; PRyl 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3; TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 14 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 46:5; 47:1; Just., A I, 22, 1, D. 32, 1) who is called … Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi. 4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 5:2 v.l.; 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cp. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2. Also ὸ̔ λέγεται 20:16. ὸ̔ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the significance mean (Aeschyl. et al.) are Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6 Cp. 1bβ.—B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. S. λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λέγω
100 amo

ămo, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. (amāsso = amavero, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23; id. Curc. 4, 4, 22; id. Mil. 4, 2, 16; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 28 Müll.:
amāsse = amavisse,
Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 11:
amantum = amantium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 1077; Ov. A. A. 1, 439) [cf. Sanscr. kam = to love; hama = Sanscr. sam = Germ. sammt; Engl. same, Lat. similis; with the radical notion of likeness, union], to like, to love, eraô, phileô (both in the higher and the lower sense, opp. odisse; while diligere (agapô) designates esteem, regard; opp. neglegere or spernere; cf. Doed. Syn. IV. p. 97; in the high sense in the philos. writings and Epp. of Cicero; often in the low sense, esp. in the comic poets. In the Vulg. amo and amor are comparatively little used, prob. from their bad associations, amo being used 51 times and amor 20. Instead of these words, diligo, dilectio and caritas were used. Diligo (incl. dilectus) occurs 422 times, and dilectio and caritas 144 times in all; dilectio 43 and caritas 101 times).
I.
In gen.:
quid autem est amare, nisi velle bonis aliquem adfici, quam maximis, etiamsi ad se ex iis nihil redeat,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24:
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames, nullā indigentiā, nullā utilitate quaesitā,
id. Am. 27, 100:
videas corde amare (eos) inter se,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 60; Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:
liberi amare patrem atque matrem videntur,
Gell. 12, 1, 23:
qui amat patrem aut matrem,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 5:
ipse Pater amat vos, h. l. used of God,
ib. Joan. 16, 27:
Cicerones pueri amant inter se,
love each other, Cic. Att. 6, 1:
magis te quam oculos nunc amo meos,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 67:
quem omnes amare meritissimo debemus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 55, 234.—So, amare aliquem ex animo, to love with all one's heart, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5:
unice patriam et cives,
id. Cat. 3, 5:
aliquem amore singulari,
id. Fam. 15, 20:
sicut mater unicum amat filium suum,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 1, 26:
dignus amari,
Verg. E. 5, 89.—Amare in ccntr. with diligere, as stronger, more affectionate: Clodius valde me diligit, vel, ut emphatikôteron dicam, valde me amat, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 1; id. Fam. 9, 14:
eum a me non diligi solum, verum etiam amari,
id. ib. 13, 47; id. Fragm. ap. Non. 421, 30 (Orell. IV. 2, p. 466); Plin. Ep. 3, 9.—But diligere, as indicative of esteem, is more emph. than amare, which denotes an instinctive or affectionate love:
non quo quemquam plus amem, aut plus diligam, Eo feci, sed, etc.,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 16:
homo nobilis, qui a suis et amari et diligi vellet,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23:
te semper amavi dilexique,
have loved and esteemed, id. Fam. 15, 7: diligis (agapais) me plus his? Etiam, Domine, tu scis quia amo (philô) te, Vulg. Joan. 21, 15 sqq., ubi v. Alford, Gr. Test. al.—Hence in asseverations: ita (sic) me dii (bene) ament or amabunt, so may the gods love me, by the love of the gods, most assuredly:
ita me di amabunt, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 3, 30 (v. the pass. in its connection):
ita me di ament, credo,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 44:
non, ita me di bene ament,
id. Hec. 2, 1, 9:
sic me di amabunt, ut, etc.,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—Hence also ellipt.: ita me Juppiter! (sc. amet or amabit), Plaut. Poen. 1, 3, 31 (so in Engl. with different ellipsis, bless me! sc. God).—And as a salutation: Me. Salvus atque fortunatus, Euclio, semper sies. Eu. Di te ament, Me gadore, the gods bless you! Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 6 al.—
II.
Esp.
A.
Amare se, of vain men, to be in love with, to be pleased with one's self, also, to be selfish (used mostly by Cic.):
quam se ipse amans sine rivali!
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8:
nisi nosmet ipsos valde amabimus,
id. Off. 1, 9, 29; so id. Att. 4, 16 med.; id. Har. Resp. 9:
homines se ipsos amantes,
Vulg. 2 Tim. 3, 2.—
B.
Of unlawful love, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 30:
ut videas eam medullitus me amare!
id. Most. 1, 3, 86 et saep.:
meum gnatum rumor est amare,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 14; 1, 2, 20 al.:
ibi primum insuevit exercitus populi Romani amare, potare, etc.,
Sall. C. 11, 6:
quae (via) eo me solvat amantem,
Verg. A. 4, 479:
non aequo foedere amare,
id. ib. 4, 520; Hor. S. 2, 3, 250 Heind.; Vulg. Jud. 16, 4; ib. 2 Reg. 13, 4 al. —
C.
Trop., to love a thing, to like, to be fond of, to find pleasure in, delight in:
nomen, orationem, vultum, incessum alicujus amare,
Cic. Sest. 49, 105:
amavi amorem tuum,
id. Fam. 9, 16:
Alexidis manum amabam,
id. Att. 7, 2:
amabat litteras,
Nep. Att. 1, 2:
ea, quae res secundae amant, lasciviā atque superbiā incessere,
Sall. J. 41, 3:
amare nemus et fugere urbem,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 77:
amat bonus otia Daphnis,
Verg. E. 5, 61:
non omnes eadem mirantur amantque,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 58:
mirā diversitate naturā, cum īdem homines sic ament inertiam et oderint quietem,
Tac. G. 15:
pax et quies tunc tantum amata,
id. ib. 40:
qui amant vinum et pinguia,
Vulg. Prov. 21, 17:
amant salutationes in foro,
ib. Luc. 20, 46: amat Janua limen, loves to remain shut, i. e. is constantly closed, Hor. C. 1, 25, 3; so,
Nilus amet alveum suum,
keep to its bed, Plin. Pan. 31, 4 al. —With inf. as object:
hic ames dici pater atque princeps,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 50:
amant in synagogis orare,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 5.—
D.
Amare aliquem de or in aliquā re, quod, etc., to like one for something, to be obliged to one for something, to be under obligation, be thankful.
a.
With de:
ecquid nos amas De fidicinā istac?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 3:
de raudusculo multum te amo,
Cic. Att. 7, 2, 7.—
b.
With in:
et in Attilii negotio te amavi,
Cic. Fam. 13, 62.—
c.
With quod:
te multum amamus, quod, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 3: amas me, quod te non vidi? Domit. Afer. ap. Quint. 6, 3, 93.—Also without prep. or quod: soror, parce, amabo. Anter. Quiesco. Adelph. Ergo amo te, I like you, am much obliged to you, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 40:
bene facis: Merito te amo,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 23.—Hence in the eilipt. lang. of conversation, amabo or amabo te (never amabo vos, etc.), lit. I shall like you ( if you say, do, etc., that for me).—Hence in entreaties = oro, quaeso, precor (with ut or ne foll.), be so good, I pray, entreat you (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.; in the latter always amabo without te;
in Cic. only in Epistt.): quis hic, amabo, est, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 26:
qui, amabo?
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 19:
quid, amabo, obticuisti?
id. ib. 1, 1, 28 et saep.:
id, amabo, adjuta me,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 70:
id agite, amabo,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50 al.; Cat. 32, 1:
id, amabo te, huic caveas,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 10; id. Men. 4, 3, 4:
amabo te, advola,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 10:
cura, amabo te, Ciceronem nostrum,
id. Att. 2, 2.—With ut or ne foll.:
scin quid te amabo ut facias?
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 71; 3, 3, 1:
amabo, ut illuc transeas,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 31:
amabo te, ne improbitati meae assignes, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 4.—
E.
With inf., to do a thing willingly, to be wont or accustomed to (cf. phileô; mostly poet. or in post-Aug. prose):
clamore, vultu, saepe impetu, atque aliis omnibus, quae ira fieri amat,
delights to have done, is wont to do, Sall. J. 34, 1; cf. Quint. 9, 3, 17:
aurum per medios ire satellites Et perrumpere amat saxa potentius Ictu fulmineo,
Hor. C. 3, 16, 9; so id. ib. 2, 3, 9; id. Epod. 8, 15; Plin. 13, 4, 7, § 28; Tac. A. 4, 9.—Hence, ămans, antis, P. a., with gen. or absol.
A.
Fond, loving, kind, feeling kindly to, benevolent, pleasing; and subst., a friend, patron:
continentem, amantem uxoris maxime,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 7:
veterem amicum suum studiosum, amantem, observantem sui,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16:
homines amantes tui,
id. Fam. 9, 6:
cives amantes patriae,
id. Att. 9, 19; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5:
amans cruoris,
Ov. P. 2, 9, 46:
ad nos amantissimos tui veni,
Cic. Fam. 16, 7:
Amantissimus Domini habitabit in eo,
Vulg. Deut. 33, 12; ib. Amos, 5, 11: amantissima eorum non proderunt iis, their most [p. 108] pleasant things, ib. Isa. 44, 9; so ib. Os. 9, 16.—
B.
Trop., of things, friendly, affectionate:
nomen amantius indulgentiusque,
Cic. Clu. 5:
lenissimis et amantissimis verbis utens,
id. Fam. 5, 15 al. —
C.
Sometimes in a bad sense = amator or amica, a paramour; cf. Wolf ad Cic. Tusc. 4, 12, 27; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 38:
quis fallere possit amantem,
Verg. A. 4, 296; 4, 429:
amantium irae amoris integratio est,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 23:
oblitos famae melioris amantīs,
Verg. A. 4, 221:
perjuria amantūm,
Ov. A. A. 1, 633.— Hence, ămanter, adv., lovingly, affectionately, Cic. Fam. 5, 19; id. Att. 2, 4.— Comp., Tac. A. 1, 43.— Sup., Cic. Am. 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amo

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Pleasure of the Text — is a short book published in 1973 by Roland Barthes. It was written in French and later translated into English. Barthes sets out some of his ideas about literary theory. In the book, Barthes divides the effects of texts into two: plaisir… … Wikipedia
The Pleasure Principle (song) — Infobox Single Name = The Pleasure Principle Artist = Janet Jackson Album = Control B side = Fast Girls (U.S.) Released = May 12 1987 (U.S.) June 1987 (UK) Format = 7 single, 12 maxi single Genre = R B, dance pop Length = 4:57 Label = A M Writer … Wikipedia
pleasure — noun 1 enjoyment ADJECTIVE ▪ considerable, deep, enormous, great, intense ▪ It gives me enormous pleasure to welcome my next guest. ▪ genuine … Collocations dictionary
pleasure — plea|sure W2S2 [ˈpleʒə US ər] n [Date: 1300 1400; : Old French; Origin: plaisir; PLEASE2] 1.) [U] the feeling of happiness, enjoyment, or satisfaction that you get from an experience →↑pleasant with pleasure ▪ She sipped her drink with obvious… … Dictionary of contemporary English
The Powers of Matthew Star — Title Screen Genre Science fiction Created by Steven E. de Souza Written by David Carren … Wikipedia
The Magic Flute — For other uses, see The Magic Flute (disambiguation). Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart … Wikipedia
The Theory of Moral Sentiments — was written by Adam Smith in 1759. It provided the ethical, philosophical, psychological and methodological underpinnings to Smith s later works, including The Wealth of Nations (1776), A Treatise on Public Opulence (1764) (first published in… … Wikipedia
The Highest Good — The Highest Good † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Highest Good We always act with a view to some good. The good is the object which all pursue, and for the sake of which they always act , says Plato (Republic, I, vi). His disciple… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Lustful Turk — or Lascivious Scenes from a Harum is a Pre Victorian British erotic epistolary novel first published anonymously in 1828. However, this was not widely known or circulated until the 1893 edition was printed.It consists largely of a series of… … Wikipedia
Pleasure Island (Walt Disney World Resort) — Pleasure Island was a section of the Walt Disney World Resort within the Downtown Disney shopping, dining and entertainment district. Stores on Pleasure Island are open from 10:30 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. and restaurants from 11:00 a.m. to 1:00 a.m.… … Wikipedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

may+i+have+the+pleasure+

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

may+i+have+the+pleasure+

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: